FCC Regulation Document

Part: 
Topic: C

47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

This content is from the eCFR and is authoritative but unofficial.

Title 47 —Telecommunication
Chapter I —Federal Communications Commission
Subchapter C —Broadcast Radio Services

Part 74 Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program
         Distributional Services
  Subpart       General; Rules Applicable to All Services in Part 74
      § 74.1 Scope.
      § 74.2 General definitions.
      § 74.3 FCC inspections of stations.
      § 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
      § 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and low power auxiliary stations.
      § 74.12 Notification of filing of applications.
      § 74.13 Equipment tests.
      § 74.14 Service or program tests.
      § 74.15 Station license period.
      § 74.16 Temporary extension of station licenses.
      § 74.18 Transmitter control and operation.
      § 74.19 Special technical records.
      § 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information.
      § 74.22 Use of common antenna structure.
      § 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life or protection of property.
      § 74.24 Short-term operation.
      § 74.25 Temporary conditional operating authority.
      § 74.28 Additional orders.
      § 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
      § 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands.
      § 74.34 Period of construction; certification of completion of construction.
  Subparts A–C [Reserved]
  Subpart D Remote Pickup Broadcast Stations
      § 74.401 Definitions.
      § 74.402 Frequency assignment.
      § 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid interference.
      § 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote pickup stations.
      § 74.432 Licensing requirements and procedures.
      § 74.433 Temporary authorizations.
      § 74.434 Remote control operation.

47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                              page 1 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                            47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     § 74.436 Special requirements for automatic relay stations.
     § 74.451 Certification of equipment.
     § 74.452 Equipment changes.
     § 74.461 Transmitter power.
     § 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions.
     § 74.463 Modulation requirements.
     § 74.464 Frequency tolerance.
     § 74.465 Frequency monitors and measurements.
     § 74.482 Station identification.
   Subpart E Aural Broadcast Auxiliary Stations
     § 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary stations.
     § 74.502 Frequency assignment.
     § 74.503 Frequency selection.
     § 74.531 Permissible service.
     § 74.532 Licensing requirements.
     § 74.533 Remote control and unattended operation.
     § 74.534 Power limitations.
     § 74.535 Emission and bandwidth.
     § 74.536 Directional antenna required.
     § 74.537 Temporary authorizations.
     § 74.550 Equipment authorization.
     § 74.551 Equipment changes.
     § 74.561 Frequency tolerance.
     § 74.562 Frequency monitors and measurements.
     § 74.582 Station identification.
   Subpart F Television Broadcast Auxiliary Stations
     § 74.600 Eligibility for license.
     § 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary stations.
     § 74.602 Frequency assignment.
     § 74.603 Sound channels.
     § 74.604 Interference avoidance.
     § 74.605 Registration of stationary television pickup receive sites.
     § 74.631 Permissible service.
     § 74.632 Licensing requirements.
     § 74.633 Temporary authorizations.
     § 74.634 Remote control operation.
     § 74.635 Unattended operation.
     § 74.636 Power limitations.
     § 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations.

47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                           page 2 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                          47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

       § 74.638 Frequency coordination.
       § 74.641 Antenna systems.
       § 74.643 Interference to geostationary-satellites.
       § 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed links.
       § 74.651 Equipment changes.
       § 74.655 Authorization of equipment.
       § 74.661 Frequency tolerance.
       § 74.662 Frequency monitors and measurements.
       § 74.663 Modulation limits.
       § 74.682 Station identification.
       § 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to
                emerging technologies.
   Subpart G Low Power TV and TV Translator Stations
     § 74.701 Definitions.
     § 74.702 Channel assignments.
     § 74.703 Interference.
     §§ 74.706-74.708 [Reserved]
     § 74.709 Land mobile station protection.
     § 74.710 [Reserved]
     § 74.720 Digital low power TV distributed transmission systems.
     § 74.731 [Reserved]
     § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing requirements.
     § 74.733 [Reserved]
     § 74.734 Attended and unattended operation.
     § 74.735 Power limitations.
     § 74.736 [Reserved]
     § 74.737 Antenna location.
     § 74.750 Transmission system facilities.
     § 74.751 Modification of transmission systems.
     § 74.761 [Reserved]
     § 74.762 Frequency measurements.
     § 74.763 Time of operation.
     § 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules.
     § 74.779 Electronic delivery of notices to LPTV stations.
     § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to translators and low power stations.
     § 74.781 Station records.
     § 74.782 Low power television and TV translator simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen
                TV) transition.
     § 74.783 Station identification.

47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                         page 3 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     § 74.784 Rebroadcasts.
     § 74.785 Low power TV digital data service pilot project.
     § 74.786 [Reserved]
     § 74.787 Licensing.
     § 74.789 [Reserved]
     § 74.790 Permissible service of TV translator and LPTV stations.
     § 74.791 Call signs.
     § 74.792 Low power TV and TV translator station protected contour.
     § 74.793 Low power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations.
     § 74.794 Digital emissions.
     § 74.795 Low power TV and TV translator transmission system facilities.
     § 74.796 Modification of transmission systems.
     § 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports.
     § 74.798 [Reserved]
     § 74.799 Low power television and TV translator channel sharing.
   Subpart H Low Power Auxiliary Stations
     § 74.801 Definitions.
     § 74.802 Frequency assignment.
     § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid interference.
     § 74.831 Scope of service and permissible transmissions.
     § 74.832 Licensing requirements and procedures.
     § 74.833 Temporary authorizations.
     § 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture, import, sale, lease, offer for
                sale or lease, or shipment of devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band or the 600
                MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz or 600 MHz band equipment destined for non-U.S.
                markets; disclosures.
     § 74.852 Equipment changes.
     § 74.861 Technical requirements.
     § 74.870 Wireless video assist devices.
     § 74.882 Station identification.
   Subparts I–K [Reserved]
   Subpart L FM Broadcast Translator Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations
     § 74.1201 Definitions.
     § 74.1202 Frequency assignment.
     § 74.1203 Interference.
     § 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM Translator and LP100 stations.
     § 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broadcast stations.
     § 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service.
     § 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing requirements.

47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                             page 4 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                         47 CFR Part 74 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

       § 74.1233 Processing FM translator and booster station applications.
       § 74.1234 Unattended operation.
       § 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna systems.
       § 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth.
       § 74.1237 Antenna location.
       § 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equipment.
       § 74.1251 Technical and equipment modifications.
       § 74.1261 Frequency tolerance.
       § 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measurements.
       § 74.1263 Time of operation.
       § 74.1269 Familiarity with FCC rules.
       § 74.1281 Station records.
       § 74.1283 Station identification.
       § 74.1284 Rebroadcasts.
       § 74.1290 [Reserved]
   Alphabetical Index
      Part 74

PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL
BROADCAST AND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 310, 325, 336 and 554.

Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999.

Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to All Services in Part 74
§ 74.1 Scope.
     (a) The rules in this subpart are applicable to the Auxiliary and Special Broadcast and Other Program
         Distributional Services.

     (b) Rules in part 74 which apply exclusively to a particular service are contained in that service subpart, as
         follows: Remote Pickup Broadcast Stations, subpart D; Aural Broadcast STL and Intercity Relay Stations,
         subpart E; TV Auxiliary Broadcast Stations, subpart F; Low-power TV, TV Translator and TV Booster
         Stations, subpart G; Low-power Auxiliary Stations, subpart H; FM Broadcast Translator Stations and FM
         Broadcast Booster Stations, subpart L.

[78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013]

47 CFR 74.1(b) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 5 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.2
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.2 General definitions.
    Broadcast network-entity. A broadcast network-entity is an organization which produces programs available for
         simultaneous transmission by 10 or more affiliated broadcast stations and having distribution facilities or
         circuits available to such affiliated stations at least 12 hours each day.

    Cable network-entity. A cable network-entity is an organization which produces programs available for
          simultaneous transmission by cable systems serving a combined total of at least 5,000,000 subscribers
          and having distribution facilities or circuits available to such affiliated stations or cable systems.

[51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986]

§ 74.3 FCC inspections of stations.
     (a) The licensee of a station authorized under this part must make the station available for inspection by
         representatives of the FCC during the station's business hours, or at any time it is in operation.

     (b) In the course of an inspection or investigation, an FCC representative may require special equipment tests
         or program tests.

     (c) The logs and records required by this part for the particular class or type of station must be made
         available upon request to representatives of the FCC.

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982]

§ 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
Certain rules applicable to Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and other Program Distribution services, some of which are
also applicable to other services, are set forth in the following parts of the FCC Rules and Regulations:

     (a) Part 1, “Practice and procedure”.

           (1) Subpart A, “General Rules of Practice and Procedure”. (§§ 1.1 to 1.117).

           (2) Subpart B, “Hearing Proceedings”. (§§ 1.201 to 1.364).

           (3) Subpart C, “Rulemaking Proceedings”. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430).

           (4) Subpart F, “Wireless Telecommunications Services Applications and Proceedings”. (§§ 1.901 to
               1.981).

           (5) Subpart G, “Schedule of Statutory Charges and Procedures for Payment”. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1120).

           (6) Subpart H, “Ex Parte Presentations”. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216).

           (7) Subpart I, “Procedures Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969”. (§§ 1.1301 to
               1.1319).

           (8) Subpart T, “Foreign Ownership of Broadcast, Common Carrier, Aeronautical En Route, and
               Aeronautical Fixed Radio Station Licensees”. (§§ 1.5000 to 1.5004).

           (9) Part 1, Subpart W of the chapter, “FCC Registration Number”. (§§ 1.8001–1.8005).

47 CFR 74.5(a)(9) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 6 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.5(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Part 2, “Frequency Allocations and Radio Treaty Matters, General Rules and Regulations”, including
         subparts A, “Terminology”; B, “Allocation, Assignments and Use of Radio Frequencies”; C, “Emissions”; D,
         “Call Signs and Other Forms of Identifying Radio Transmissions”; and J, “Equipment Authorization
         Proceedings”.

     (c) [Reserved]

     (d) Part 17, “Construction, Marking and Lighting of Antenna Structures”.

     (e) Part 73, “Radio Broadcast Services”.

     (f) Part 101, “Fixed Microwave Services”.

[53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, 2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003;
76 FR 70911, Nov. 16, 2011; 78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013; 81 FR 86613, Dec. 1, 2016]

§ 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and low power auxiliary stations.
Applicants for and licensees of remote pickup broadcast stations, aural broadcast auxiliary stations, television
broadcast auxiliary stations, and low power auxiliary stations authorized under subparts D, E, F, and H of this part
are subject to the application and procedural rules for wireless telecommunications services contained in part 1,
subpart F of this chapter. Applicants for these stations may file either manually or electronically as specified in §
1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter.

[68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.12 Notification of filing of applications.
The provisions of § 73.1030 “Notification concerning interference to Radio Astronomy, Research, and Receiving
Installations” apply to all stations authorized under this part of the FCC Rules except the following:

     (a) Mobile remote pickup stations (subpart D).

     (b) TV pickup stations (subpart F).

     (c) Low power auxiliary stations (subpart H).

[44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982]

§ 74.13 Equipment tests.
     (a) During the process of construction of any class of radio station listed in this part, the permittee, without
         further authority of the Commission, may conduct equipment tests for the purpose of such adjustments
         and measurements as may be necessary to assure compliance with the terms of the construction permit,
         the technical provisions of the application therefor, the technical requirements of this chapter, and the
         applicable engineering standards.

     (b) Equipment tests may be continued so long as the construction permit shall remain valid.

     (c) The authorization for tests embodied in this section shall not be construed as constituting a license to
         operate.

47 CFR 74.13(c) (enhanced display)                                                                                page 7 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.14
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973]

§ 74.14 Service or program tests.
     (a) Upon completion of construction of a radio station in accordance with the terms of the construction
         permit, the technical provisions of the application therefor, technical requirements of this chapter, and
         applicable engineering standards, and when an application for station license has been filed showing the
         station to be in satisfactory operating condition, the permittee or any class of station listed in this part
         may, without further authority of the Commission, conduct service or program tests.

     (b) Program test authority for stations authorized under this part will continue valid during Commission
         consideration of the application for license and during this period further extension of the construction
         permit is not required. Program test authority shall be automatically terminated with final action on the
         application for station license.

     (c) The authorization for tests embodied in this section shall not be construed as approval by the
         Commission of the application for station license.

[38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973]

§ 74.15 Station license period.
     (a) [Reserved]

     (b) Licenses for stations or systems in the Auxiliary Broadcast Service held by a licensee of a broadcast
         station will be issued for a period running concurrently with the license of the associated broadcast
         station with which it is licensed. Licenses held by eligible networks for the purpose of providing program
         service to affiliated stations under subpart D of this part, and by eligible networks, cable television
         operators, motion picture producers and television program producers under subpart H of this part will be
         issued for a period running concurrently with the normal licensing period for broadcast stations located in
         the same area of operation. Licenses held by large venue owners or operators and professional sound
         companies under subpart H of this part will be issued for a period not to exceed ten years from the date
         of initial issuance or renewal.

     (c) The license of an FM broadcast booster station or a TV broadcast booster station will be issued for a
         period running concurrently with the license of the FM radio broadcast station or TV broadcast station
         (primary station) with which it is used.

     (d) Initial licenses for low power TV, TV translator, and FM translator stations will ordinarily be issued for a
         period running until the date specified in § 73.1020 of this chapter for full service stations operating in
         their State or Territory, or if issued after such date, to the next renewal date determined in accordance
         with § 73.1020 of this chapter. Lower power TV and TV translator station and FM translator station
         licenses will ordinarily be renewed for 8 years. However, if the FCC finds that the public interest,
         convenience or necessity will be served, it may issue either an initial license or a renewal thereof for a
         lesser term. The FCC may also issue a license renewal for a shorter term if requested by the applicant.
         The time of expiration of all licenses will be 3 a.m. local time, on the following dates, and thereafter to the
         schedule for full service stations in their states as reflected in § 73.1020 of this chapter:

           (1) Nevada:

                 (i)   FM translators, February 1, 1997.

47 CFR 74.15(d)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 8 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.15(d)(1)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (ii) LPTV and TV translator, February 1, 1998.

           (2) California:

                 (i)   FM translators, April 1, 1997.

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1998

           (3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Island, New York, New
               Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, West Virginia, Ohio and the District of Colbumia:

                 (i)   FM translators, June 1, 1997

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, 1998

           (4) Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas,
               Missouri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Pureto Rico and the Virgin
               Islands:

                 (i)   FM translators, August 1, 1997

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August 1, 1998

           (5) Oklahoma and Texas:

                 (i)   FM translators, October 1, 1997

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, October 1, 1998

           (6) Kansas and Nebraska:

                 (i)   FM translators, December 1, 1997

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, December 1, 1998

           (7) Iowa and South Dakota:

                 (i)   FM translators, February 1, 1998

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, February 1, 1999

           (8) Minnesota and North Dakota:

                 (i)   FM translators, April 1, 1998

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1999

           (9) Wyoming:

                 (i)   FM translators, June 1, 1998

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, 1999

          (10) Montana:

                 (i)   FM translators, August 1, 1998

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August 1, 1999

          (11) Idaho:

47 CFR 74.15(d)(11) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 9 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.15(d)(11)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (i)   FM translators, October 1, 1995

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, October 1, 1996

          (12) Washington:

                (i)   FM translators, December 1, 1995

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, December 1, 1996

          (13) Oregon:

                (i)   FM translators, February 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, February 1, 1997

          (14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, Mariana Islands and Hawaii:

                (i)   FM translators, April 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1997

          (15) Colorado:

                (i)   FM translators, June 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, 1997

          (16) New Mexico:

                (i)   FM translators, August 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August 1, 1997

          (17) Utah:

                (i)   FM translators, October 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, October 1, 1997

          (18) Arizona:

                (i)   FM translators, December 1, 1996

                (ii) LPTV and TV translators, December 1, 1997

     (e) Licenses held by broadcast network-entities under Subpart F will ordinarily be issued for a period of 8
         years running concurrently with the normal licensing period for broadcast stations located in the same
         area of operation. An application for renewal of license shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of
         § 1.949.

     (f) The license of an FM translator or FM broadcast booster, TV translator or TV broadcast booster, or low
         power TV station will expire as a matter of law upon failure to transmit broadcast signals for any
         consecutive 12-month period notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition of the license to the
         contrary. Further, if the license of any AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station licensed under part 73 of this
         chapter expires for failure to transmit signals for any consecutive 12-month period, the licensee's
         authorizations under part 74, subparts D, E, F, and H in connection with the operation of that AM, FM, or
         TV broadcasting station will also expire notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition to the contrary.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))
47 CFR 74.15(f) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 10 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.16
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987;
52 FR 25604, July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62 FR 5347, Feb. 5,
1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013; 79 FR 40688, July 14, 2014]

§ 74.16 Temporary extension of station licenses.
Where there is pending before the Commission any application, investigation, or proceeding which, after hearing,
might lead to or make necessary the modification of, revocation of, or the refusal to renew an existing auxiliary
broadcast station license or a television broadcast translator station license, the Commission in its discretion, may
grant a temporary extension of such license: Provided, however, That no such temporary extension shall be
construed as a finding by the Commission that the operation of any radio station thereunder will serve public
interest, convenience, and necessity beyond the express terms of such temporary extension of license: And
provided further, That such temporary extension of license will in no wise affect or limit the action of the
Commission with respect to any pending application or proceeding.

[78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013]

§ 74.18 Transmitter control and operation.
Except where unattended operation is specifically permitted, the licensee of each station authorized under the
provisions of this part shall designate a person or persons to activate and control its transmitter. At the discretion of
the station licensee, persons so designated may be employed for other duties and for operation of other
transmitting stations if such other duties will not interfere with the proper operation of the station transmission
systems.

[60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.19 Special technical records.
The FCC may require a broadcast auxiliary station licensee to keep operating and maintenance records necessary
to resolve conditions of actual or potential interference, rule violations, or deficient technical operation.

[48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information.
     (a) In an emergency where normal communication facilities have been disrupted or destroyed by storms,
         floods or other disasters, the stations licensed under this part may be operated for the purpose of
         transmitting essential communications intended to alleviate distress, dispatch aid, assist in rescue
         operations, maintain order, or otherwise promote the safety of life and property. In the course of such
         operation, a station of any class may communicate with stations of other classes and in other services.
         However, such operation shall be conducted only on the frequency or frequencies for which the station is
         licensed and the used power shall not exceed the maximum authorized in the station license. When such
         operation involves the use of frequencies shared with other stations, licensees are expected to cooperate
         fully to avoid unnecessary or disruptive interference.

     (b) Whenever such operation involves communications of a nature other than those for which the station is
         licensed to perform, the licensee shall, at the earliest practicable time, notify the FCC in Washington, DC of
         the nature of the emergency and the use to which the station is being put and shall subsequently notify
         the same offices when the emergency operation has been terminated.
47 CFR 74.21(b) (enhanced display)                                                                                page 11 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.21(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) Emergency operation undertaken pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be discontinued as soon
         as substantially normal communications facilities have been restored. The Commission may at any time
         order discontinuance of such operation.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982]

§ 74.22 Use of common antenna structure.
The simultaneous use of a common antenna structure by more than one station authorized under this part, or by
one or more stations of any other service may be authorized. The owner of each antenna structure is responsible
for ensuring that the structure, if required, is painted and/or illuminated in accordance with part 17 of this chapter.
In the event of default by the owner, each licensee or permittee shall be responsible for ensuring that the structure
complies with applicable painting and lighting requirements.

[61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996]

§ 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life or protection of property.
     (a) The licensee of any station authorized under this part that causes harmful interference, as defined in § 2.1
         of the Commission's rules, to radio communications involving the safety of life or protection of property
         shall promptly eliminate the interference.

     (b) If harmful interference to radio communications involving the safety of life or protection of property
         cannot be promptly eliminated and the Commission finds that there exists an imminent danger to safety
         of life or protection of property, pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558, operation of the
         offending equipment shall temporarily be suspended and shall not be resumed until the harmful
         interference has been eliminated or the threat to the safety of life or property has passed. In situations
         where the protection of property alone is jeopardized, before taking any action under this paragraph, the
         Commission shall balance the nature and extent of the possible property damage against the potential
         harm to a licensee or the public caused by suspending part 74 operations. When specifically authorized,
         short test operations may be made during the period of suspended operation to check the efficacy of
         remedial measures.

[47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982]

§ 74.24 Short-term operation.
All classes of broadcast auxiliary stations provided for in subparts D, E, F and H of this part, except wireless video
assist devices, may be operated on a short-term basis under the authority conveyed by a part 73 license or a
broadcast auxiliary license without prior authorization from the FCC, subject to the following conditions:

     (a) Licensees operating under this provision must be eligible to operate the particular class of broadcast
         auxiliary station.

     (b) The short-term broadcast auxiliary station shall be operated in conformance with all normally applicable
         regulations to the extent they are not superceded by specific provisions of this section.

47 CFR 74.24(b) (enhanced display)                                                                               page 12 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.24(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) Short-term operation is on a secondary, non-interference basis to regularly authorized stations and shall
         be discontinued immediately upon notification that perceptible interference is being caused to the
         operation of a regularly authorized station. Short-term station operators shall, to the extent practicable,
         use only the effective radiated power and antenna height necessary for satisfactory system performance.

     (d) Short-term operation under this section shall not exceed 720 hours annually per frequency.

           Note to paragraph (d): Certain frequencies shared with other services which are normally available
           for permanent broadcast auxiliary station assignment may not be available for short-term
           operation. Refer to any note(s) which may be applicable to the use of a specific frequency prior to
           initiating operation.

     (e) The antenna height of a station operated pursuant to this section shall not increase the height of any man-
         made antenna supporting structure, or increase by more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) the height of any other
         type of man-made structure or natural formation. However, the facilities of an authorized broadcast
         auxiliary station belonging to another licensee may be operated in accordance with the terms of its
         outstanding authorization.

     (f) Stations operated pursuant to this section shall be identified by the transmission of the call sign of the
         associated part 73 broadcast station or broadcast auxiliary station, or, in the case of stations operated by
         broadcast network and cable network entities, by the network or cable entity's name and base of
         operations city.

     (g) Prior to operating pursuant to the provisions of this section, licensees shall, for the intended location or
         area-of-operation, notify the appropriate frequency coordination committee or any licensee(s) assigned
         the use of the proposed operating frequency, concerning the particulars of the intended operation and
         shall provide the name and telephone number of a person who may be contacted in the event of
         interference. Except as provided herein, this notification provision shall not apply where an unanticipated
         need for immediate short-term mobile station operation would render compliance with the provisions of
         this paragraph impractical.

           (1) A CARS licensee shall always be given advance notification prior to the commencement of short-
               term operation on or adjacent to an assigned frequency.

           (2) The Commission may designate a frequency coordinator as the single point of contact under this
               section for advance coordination of major national and international events. Once designated, all
               short-term auxiliary broadcast use under this section must be coordinated in advance through the
               designated coordinator.

                 (i)   Coordinators under this provision will not be designated unless the Commission receives an
                       initial request, in writing, to designate a coordinator.

                (ii) The Commission will issue a Public Notice with information regarding the designation of such a
                     coordinator.

                (iii) All coordination must be done on a non-discriminatory basis.

                (iv) All licensees must abide by the decision of the coordinator. The Commission will be the final
                     arbiter of any disputes.

47 CFR 74.24(g)(2)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                                page 13 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.24(g)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (3) An unanticipated need will never be deemed to exist for a scheduled event, such as a convention,
               sporting event, etc.

     (h) Short-term operation is limited to areas south or west of the United States-Canada border as follows:

           (1) Use of broadcast auxiliary service frequencies below 470 MHz is limited to areas of the United
               States south of Line A or west of Line C unless the effective radiated power of the station is 5 watts
               or less. See § 1.928(e) of this chapter for a definition of Line A and Line C.

           (2) A broadcast auxiliary service station operating on frequencies between 470 MHz and 1 GHz must be
               at least 56.3 kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, as appropriate of the United States-Canada border
               if the antenna looks within a 200° sector toward the border; or, the station must be at least 8.1
               kilometers (5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate) if the antenna looks within a 160° sector away
               from the border. However, operation is not permitted in either of these two situations if the station
               would be within the coordination distance of a receiving earth station in Canada which uses the
               same frequency band. (The coordination distance is the distance, calculated for any station,
               according to Appendix 28 of the International Radio Regulations.)

           (3) A broadcast auxiliary service station operating on frequencies above 1 GHz shall not be located
               within the coordination distance of a receiving earth station in Canada which uses the same
               frequency band. (The coordination distance is the distance, calculated for any station, according to
               Appendix 28 of the international Radio Regulations.)

     (i)   Short-term operation of a remote pickup broadcast base station, a remote pickup automatic relay station,
           an aural broadcast STL station, an aural broadcast intercity relay station, a TV STL station, a TV intercity
           relay station or a TV translator relay station in the National Radio Quiet Zone, the Table Mountain Radio
           Receiving Zone, or near FCC monitoring stations is subject to the same advance notification procedures
           applicable to regular applications as provided for in § 73.1030 of this chapter and § 74.12, except that
           inasmuch as short-term operation does not involve an application process, the provisions relating to
           agency objection procedures shall not apply. It shall simply be necessary for the licensee to contact the
           potentially affected agency and obtain advance approval for the proposed short-term operation. Where
           protection to FCC monitoring stations is concerned, approval for short-term operation may be given by the
           Regional Director of a Commission field facility.

     (j)

           (1) This paragraph applies only to operations which will transmit on frequencies under 15 GHz. Prior to
               commencing short-term operation of a remote pickup broadcast station, a remote pickup automatic
               relay station, an aural broadcast STL station, an aural broadcast intercity relay station, a TV STL
               station, a TV intercity relay station, a TV translator relay station, a TV pickup station, or a TV
               microwave booster station within the 4-mile (6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
               Protection Zone (centered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordinates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″, West
               Longitude 66°45′09.42″), an applicant must notify the Arecibo Observatory, located near Arecibo,
               Puerto Rico. Operations within the Puerto Rico Coordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of Puerto Rico,
               Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, or Culebra), but outside the Protection Zone, whether short term or long
               term, shall provide notification to the Arecibo Observatory prior to commencing operation.
               Notification should be directed to the following: Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box
               53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel. (809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail prcz@naic.edu.

           (2) Notification of short-term operations may be provided by telephone, fax, or electronic mail. The
               notification for long-term operations shall be written or electronic, and shall set forth the technical
               parameters of the proposed station, including the geographical coordinates of the antenna (NAD–83
47 CFR 74.24(j)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 14 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.25
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                datum), antenna height above ground, ground elevation at the antenna, antenna directivity and gain,
                proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part, type of emission, effective radiated power, and whether the
                proposed use is itinerant. Applicants may wish to consult interference guidelines, which will be
                provided by Cornell University. In addition, the applicant shall indicate in its application to the
                Commission the date notification was made to the Observatory. Generally, submission of the
                information in the technical portion of the FCC license application is adequate notification. After
                receipt of such applications in non-emergency situations, the Commission will allow the Arecibo
                Observatory a period of 20 days for comments or objections in response to the notification
                indicated. The applicant will be required to make reasonable efforts in order to resolve or mitigate
                any potential interference problem with the Arecibo Observatory and to file either an amendment to
                the application or a modification application, as appropriate. If the Commission determines that an
                applicant has satisfied its responsibility to make reasonable efforts to protect the Observatory from
                interference, its application may be granted. In emergency situations in which prior notification or
                approval is not practicable, notification or approval must be accomplished as soon as possible after
                operations begin.

(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303)

[47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68
FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005; 80 FR 53751, Sept. 8, 2015]

§ 74.25 Temporary conditional operating authority.
An applicant for a new broadcast auxiliary radio service station or a modification of an existing station under
subparts D, E, F, or H of this part may operate the proposed station during the pendency of its applications upon the
filing of a properly completed formal application that complies with the rules for the particular class of station,
provided that the conditions set forth are satisfied.

     (a) Conditions applicable to all broadcast auxiliary stations.

           (1) Stations operated pursuant to this section shall be identified by the transmission of the call sign of
               the associated part 73 of this chapter broadcast station, if one exists, or the prefix “WT” followed by
               the applicant's local business telephone number for broadcast or cable network entities.

           (2) The antenna structure(s) has been previously studied by the Federal Aviation Administration and
               determined to pose no hazard to aviation safety as required by subpart B of part 17 of this chapter;
               or the antenna or tower structure does not exceed 6.1 meters above ground level or above an
               existing man-made structure (other than an antenna structure), if the antenna or tower has not been
               previously studied by the Federal Aviation Administration and cleared by the FCC;

           (3) The grant of the application(s) does not require a waiver of the Commission's rules;

           (4) The applicant has determined that the facility(ies) will not significantly affect the environment as
               defined in § 1.1307 of this chapter;

           (5) The station site does not lie within an area identified in § 1.924 of this chapter.

     (b) Conditions applicable to remote pickup broadcast auxiliary stations.

           (1) The auxiliary station must be located within 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcast studio or broadcast
               transmitter.

47 CFR 74.25(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 15 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.25(b)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (2) The applicant must coordinate the operation with all affected co-channel and adjacent channel
               licensees in the area of operation. This requirement can be satisfied by coordination with the local
               frequency committee if one exists.

           (3) Operation under this provision is not permitted between 152.87 MHz and 153.35 MHz.

     (c) Conditions applicable to aural and television broadcast auxiliary stations.

           (1) The applicable frequency coordination procedures have been successfully completed and the filed
               application is consistent with that coordination.

           (2) The station site does not lie within an area requiring international coordination.

           (3) If operated on frequencies in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services or on frequencies in the
               17.7–17.8 GHz band for MVPD operations, the station site does not lie within any of the areas
               identified in § 1.924 of this chapter.

     (d) Operation under this section shall be suspended immediately upon notification from the Commission or
         by the Regional Director of a Commission field facility, and shall not be resumed until specific authority is
         given by the Commission or Regional Director. When authorized by the Regional Director, short test
         operations may be made.

     (e) Conditional authority ceases immediately if the application(s) is returned by the Commission because it is
         not acceptable for filing.

     (f) Conditional authorization does not prejudice any action the Commission may take on the subject
         application(s). Conditional authority is accepted with the express understanding that such authority may
         be modified or cancelled by the Commission at any time without hearing if, in the Commission's
         discretion, the need for such action arises. An applicant operating pursuant to this conditional authority
         assumes all risks associated with such operation, the termination or modification of the conditional
         authority, or the subsequent dismissal or denial of its application(s).

[68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, 2006; 80 FR 53751, Sept. 8, 2015]

§ 74.28 Additional orders.
In case the rules contained in this part do not cover all phases of operation with respect to external effects, the FCC
may make supplemental or additional orders in each case as may be deemed necessary.

[78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013]

§ 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
The provisions of part 17 of the FCC rules (Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures) require
certain antenna structures to be painted and/or lighted in accordance with the provisions of §§ 17.47 through 17.56
of the FCC rules.

[47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982]

47 CFR 74.30 (enhanced display)                                                                                  page 16 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.32
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands.
The following exclusion areas and coordination areas are established to minimize or avoid harmful interference to
Federal Government earth stations receiving in the 17.7–19.7 GHz band:

     (a) No application seeking authority for fixed stations supporting the operations of Multichannel Video
         Programming Distributors (MVPD) in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for
         any service will be accepted for filing if the proposed station is located within 20 km of Denver, CO (39°43′
         N., 104°46′ W.) or Washington, DC (38°48′ N., 76°52′ W.).

     (b) Any application for a new station license to provide MVPD operations in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to
         operate in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any service, or for modification of an existing station license in
         these bands which would change the frequency, power, emission, modulation, polarization, antenna height
         or directivity, or location of such a station, must be coordinated with the Federal Government by the
         Commission before an authorization will be issued, if the station or proposed station is located in whole
         or in part within any of the following areas:

           (1) Denver, CO area:

                 (i)   Between latitudes 41°30′ N. and 38°30′ N. and between longitudes 103°10′ W. and 106°30′ W.

                 (ii) Between latitudes 38°30′ N. and 37°30′ N. and between longitudes 105°00′ W. and 105°50′ W.

                (iii) Between latitudes 40°08′ N. and 39°56′ N. and between longitudes 107°00′ W. and 107°15′ W.

           (2) Washington, DC area:

                 (i)   Between latitudes 38°40′ N. and 38°10′ N. and between longitudes 78°50′ W. and 79°20′ W.

                 (ii) Within 178 km of 38°48′ N, 76°52′ W.

           (3) San Miguel, CA area:

                 (i)   Between latitudes 34°39′ N. and 34°00′ N. and between longitudes 118°52′ W. and 119°24′ W.

                 (ii) Within 200 km of 35°44′ N., 120°45′ W.

           (4) Guam area: Within 100 km of 13°35′ N., 144°51′ E.

Note to § 74.32: The coordinates cited in this section are specified in terms of the “North American Datum of 1983
(NAD 83).”

[80 FR 38908, July 7, 2015]

§ 74.34 Period of construction; certification of completion of construction.
     (a) Each aural and television broadcast auxiliary station authorized under subparts E and F of this part must
         be in operation within 18 months from the initial date of grant.

     (b) Each remote pickup broadcast auxiliary station authorized under subpart D of this part must be in
         operation within 12 months from the initial date of grant.

     (c) Failure to timely begin operation means the authorization terminates automatically.

     (d) Requests for extension of time may be granted upon a showing of good cause pursuant to § 1.946(e) of
         this chapter.

47 CFR 74.34(d) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 17 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.34(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (e) Construction of any authorized facility or frequency must be completed by the date specified in the
         license and the Commission must be notified pursuant to § 1.946 of this chapter.

[68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003]

Subparts A–C [Reserved]

Subpart D—Remote Pickup Broadcast Stations
§ 74.401 Definitions.
    Associated broadcasting station (s). The broadcasting station or stations with which a remote pickup broadcast
         station or system is licensed as an auxiliary and with which it is principally used.

    Authorized bandwidth. The occupied or necessary bandwidth, whichever is greater, authorized to be used by a
          station.

    Automatic relay station. A remote pickup broadcast base station which is actuated by automatic means and is
         used to relay transmissions between remote pickup broadcast base and mobile stations, between remote
         pickup broadcast mobile stations and from remote pickup broadcast mobile stations to broadcasting
         stations. (Automatic operation is not operation by remote control.)

    Carrier power. The average power at the output terminals of a transmitter (other than a transmitter having a
           suppressed, reduced or controlled carrier) during one radio frequency cycle under conditions of no
           modulation.

    Mean power. The power at the output terminals of a transmitter during normal operation, averaged over a time
         sufficiently long compared with the period of the lowest frequency encountered in the modulation. A time
         of 1⁄10 second during which the mean power is greatest will be selected normally.

    Necessary bandwidth. For a given class of emission, the minimum value of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to
         ensure the transmission of information at the rate and with the quality required for the system employed,
         under specified conditions. Emissions useful for the good functioning of the receiving equipment, as for
         example, the emission corresponding to the carrier of reduced carrier systems, shall be included in the
         necessary bandwidth.

    Occupied bandwidth. The frequency bandwidth such that, below its lower and above its upper frequency limits,
         the mean powers radiated are each equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean power radiated by a given
         emission.

    Operational communications. Communications concerning the technical and programming operation of a
          broadcast station and its auxiliaries.

    Remote control operation. Operation of a base station by a properly designated person on duty at a control
         position from which the transmitter is not visible but that position is equipped with suitable controls so
         that essential functions can be performed therefrom.

    Remote pickup broadcast base station. A remote pickup broadcast station authorized for operation at a
         specified location.

    Remote pickup broadcast mobile station. A remote pickup broadcast station authorized for use while in motion
         or during halts at unspecified locations. (As used in this subpart, mobile stations include hand-carried,
         pack-carried and other portable transmitters.)

47 CFR 74.401 “Remote pickup broadcast mobile station” (enhanced display)                                page 18 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                           47 CFR 74.401 “Remote pickup broadcast stations”
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    Remote pickup broadcast stations. A term used in this subpart to include both remote pickup broadcast base
         stations and remote pickup broadcast mobile stations.

    Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. A vehicular receiver-transmitter repeater used to provide extended
         communications range for a low-power hand-carried or pack-carried transmitter.

    Station. As used in this subpart, each remote pickup broadcast transmitter, and its associated accessory
          equipment necessary to the radio communication function, constitutes a separate station.

    Studio. Any room or series of rooms equipped for the regular production of broadcast programs of various
          kinds. A broadcasting booth at a stadium, convention hall, church, or other similar place is not considered
          to be a studio.

    Systems. A complete remote pickup broadcast facility consisting of one or more mobile stations and/or one or
         more base stations authorized pursuant to a single license.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982;
51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986]

§ 74.402 Frequency assignment.
Operation on all channels listed in this section (except: frequencies 26.07 MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and
frequencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and (c)(1) of this section shall be in accordance with the “priority of use”
provisions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will be assigned by its center frequency, channel bandwidth, and emission
designator. In general, the frequencies listed in this section represent the center of the channel or channel segment.
When an even number of channels are stacked in those sections stacking is permitted, channel assignments may
be made for the frequency halfway between those listed.

     (a) The following channels may be assigned for use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emission
         (other than single sideband or pulse) that will be in accordance with the provisions of § 74.462.

           (1) [Reserved]

           (2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95, 25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15, 26.17, 26.19, 26.21,
               26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29, 26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43, 26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The
               channels 25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the condition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

           (3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15 MHz. These channels are subject to the condition listed in
               paragraph (e)(8) of this section.

           (4) UHF Channels: Up to two of the following 6.25 kHz segments may be stacked to form a channel
               which may be assigned for use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emission contained
               within the resultant channel in accordance with the provisions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz,
               450.0125 MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz, 450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375 MHz,
               455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz, 455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125 MHz, 455.9875 MHz,
               and 455.99375 MHz. These channels are subject to the condition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of this
               section.

     (b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHz VHF segments and up to eight of the following 6.25 kHz UHF segments
         may be stacked to form a channel which may be assigned for use by broadcast remote pickup stations
         using any emission contained within the resultant channel in accordance with the provisions of § 74.462.

47 CFR 74.402(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 19 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.402(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870, 152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900, 152.9075, 152.915,
              152.9225, 152.930, 152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960, 152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990,
              152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020, 153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050, 153.0575, 153.065,
              153.0725, 153.080, 153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110, 153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140,
              153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170, 153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200, 153.2075, 153.215,
              153.2225, 153.230, 153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260, 153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290,
              153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320, 153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and 153.3575. These
              channels are subject to the conditions listed in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section.

          (2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675, 160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905, 160.9125,
              160.920, 160.9275, 160.935, 160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965, 160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875,
              160.995, 161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025, 161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055, 161.0625,
              161.070, 161.0775, 161.085, 161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115, 161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375,
              161.145, 161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175, 161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205, 161.2125,
              161.220, 161.2275, 161.235, 161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265, 161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875,
              161.295, 161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325, 161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355, 161.3625,
              161.370, 161.3775, 161.385, 161.3925, 161.400. These channels are subject to the condition listed
              in paragraph (e)(6) and (10) of this section.

          (3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325, 161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670, 161.6775,
              161.685, 161.6925, 161.700, 161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730, 161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525,
              161.760, 161.7675, 161.775. These channels are subject to the conditions listed in paragraphs (e)(4),
              (7), and (10) of this section.

          (4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375, 450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625, 450.06875,
              450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875, 450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125, 450.11875, 450.125,
              450.13125, 450.1375, 450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625, 450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125,
              450.1875, 450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125, 450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375,
              450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625, 450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875, 450.29375,
              450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125, 450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375, 450.34375, 450.350,
              450.35625, 450.3625, 450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875, 450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625,
              450.4125, 450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375, 450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625,
              450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875, 450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125, 450.51875,
              450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375, 450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625, 450.56875, 450.575,
              450.58125, 450.5875, 450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125, 450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375,
              455.04375, 455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875, 455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375,
              455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875, 455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375, 455.150,
              455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875, 455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375, 455.200, 455.20625,
              455.2125, 455.21875, 455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375, 455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625,
              455.26875, 455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375, 455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875,
              455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375, 455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875, 455.375,
              455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375, 455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875, 455.425, 455.43125,
              455.4375, 455.44375, 455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875, 455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875,
              455.49375, 455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875, 455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375,
              455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875, 455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375, 455.600,
              455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875.

47 CFR 74.402(b)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 20 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.402(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) Up to two of the following 25 kHz segments may be stacked to form a channel which may be assigned for
         use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emission contained within the resultant channel in
         accordance with the provisions of § 74.462. Users committed to 50 kHz bandwidths and transmitting
         program material will have primary use of these channels.

          (1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625, 450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625, 450.7875, 450.8125,
              450.8375, 450.8625, 455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125, 455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875,
              455.8125, 455.8375, 455.8625 MHz.

          (2) [Reserved]

     (d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz segments may be stacked to form a channel which may be assigned for
         use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emission contained within the resultant channel in
         accordance with the provisions of § 74.462. Users committed to 100 kHz bandwidths and transmitting
         program material will have primary use of these channels.

          (1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950, 455.900, and 455.950 MHz.

          (2) [Reserved]

     (e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote Pickup Service channel usage as referred to in paragraphs (a) through
         (d) of this section:

          (1) [Reserved]

          (2) Operation is subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to stations in the
              broadcast service.

          (3) Operation is subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to stations operating in
              accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations set forth in part 2 of this chapter. Applications
              for licenses to use frequencies in this band must include statements showing what procedures will
              be taken to ensure that interference will not be caused to stations in the Industrial/Business Pool
              (Part 90).

          (4) These frequencies will not be licensed to network entities.

          (5) These frequencies will not be authorized to new stations for use on board aircraft.

          (6) These frequencies are allocated for assignment to broadcast remote pickup stations in Puerto Rico
              or the Virgin Islands only.

                Note to paragraph (e)(6): These frequencies are shared with Public Safety and Industrial/
                Business Pools (Part 90).

          (7) These frequencies may not be used by broadcast remote pickup stations in Puerto Rico or the Virgin
              Islands. In other areas, certain existing stations in the Public Safety and Industrial/Business Pools
              (Part 90) have been permitted to continue operation on these frequencies on the condition that no
              harmful interference is caused to broadcast remote pickup stations.

          (8) Operation on frequencies 166.25 MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to the condition that harmful
              interference shall not be caused to present or future Government stations in the band 162–174 MHz
              and is also subject to the bandwidth and tolerance limitations and compliance deadlines listed in §
              74.462 of this part. Authorization on these frequencies shall be in the lower 48 contiguous States

47 CFR 74.402(e)(8) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 21 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.402(e)(9)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                only, except within the area bounded on the west by the Mississippi River, on the north by the parallel
                of latitude 37°30′ N., and on the east and south by that arc of the circle with center at Springfield,
                Illinois, and radius equal to the airline distance between Springfield, Illinois, and Montgomery,
                Alabama, subtended between the foregoing west and north boundaries, or within 150 miles (241.4
                km) of New York City.

           (9) The use of these frequencies is limited to operational communications, including tones for signaling
               and for remote control and automatic transmission system control and telemetry. Stations licensed
               or applied for before April 16, 2003, must comply with the channel plan by March 17, 2006, or may
               continue to operate on a secondary, non-interference basis.

          (10) Stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, must comply with the channel plan by March
               17, 2006, or may continue to operate on a secondary, non-interference basis.

     (f) License applicants shall request assignment of only those channels, both in number and bandwidth,
         necessary for satisfactory operation and for which the system is equipped to operate. However, it is not
         necessary that each transmitter within a system be equipped to operate on all frequencies authorized to
         that licensee.

     (g) Remote pickup stations or systems will not be granted exclusive channel assignments. The same channel
         or channels may be assigned to other licensees in the same area. When such sharing is necessary, the
         provisions of § 74.403 shall apply.

[68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003]

§ 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid interference.
     (a) Where two or more remote pickup broadcast station licensees are authorized to operate on the same
         frequency or group of frequencies in the same area and when simultaneous operation is contemplated,
         the licensees shall endeavor to select frequencies or schedule operation in such manner as to avoid
         mutual interference. If mutual agreement to this effect cannot be reached the Commission shall be
         notified and it will specify the frequency or frequencies on which each station is to be operated.

     (b) The following order of priority of transmissions shall be observed on all frequencies except frequencies
         26.07 MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and frequencies listed in § 74.402(a)(4) and (c)(1):

           (1) Communications during an emergency or pending emergency directly related to the safety of life and
               property.

           (2) Program material to be broadcast.

           (3) Cues, orders, and other related communications immediately necessary to the accomplishment of a
               broadcast.

           (4) Operational communications.

           (5) Tests or drills to check the performance of stand-by or emergency circuits.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003]

47 CFR 74.403(b)(5) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 22 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.431
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote pickup stations.
     (a) Remote pickup mobile stations may be used for the transmission of material from the scene of events
         which occur outside the studio back to studio or production center. The transmitted material shall be
         intended for the licensee's own use and may be made available for use by any other broadcast station or
         cable system.

     (b) Remote pickup mobile or base stations may be used for communications related to production and
         technical support of the remote program. This includes cues, orders, dispatch instructions, frequency
         coordination, establishing microwave links, and operational communications. Operational
         communications are alerting tones and special signals of short duration used for telemetry or control.

     (c) Remote pickup mobile or base stations may communicate with any other station licensed under this
         subpart.

     (d) Remote pickup mobile stations may be operated as a vehicular repeater to relay program material and
         communications between stations licensed under this subpart. Precautions shall be taken to avoid
         interference to other stations and the vehicular repeater shall only be activated by hand-carried or pack-
         carried units.

     (e) The output of hand-carried or pack-carried transmitter units used with a vehicular repeater is limited to 2.5
         watts. The output of a vehicular repeater transmitter used as a talkback unit on an additional frequency is
         limited to 2.5 watts.

     (f) Remote pickup base and mobile stations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands may
         be used for any purpose related to the programming or technical operation of a broadcasting station,
         except for transmission intended for direct reception by the general public.

     (g) [Reserved]

     (h) In the event that normal aural studio to transmitter circuits are damaged, stations licensed under Subpart
         D may be used to provide temporary circuits for a period not exceeding 30 days without further authority
         from the Commission necessary to continue broadcasting.

     (i)   Remote pickup mobile or base stations may be used for activities associated with the Emergency Alert
           System (EAS) and similar emergency survival communications systems. Drills and test are also permitted
           on these stations, but the priority requirements of § 74.403(b) must be observed in such cases.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.432 Licensing requirements and procedures.
     (a) A license for a remote pickup station will be issued to: the licensee of an AM, FM, noncommercial FM, low
         power FM, TV, Class A TV, international broadcast or low power TV station; broadcast network-entity; or
         cable network-entity.

     (b) Base stations may operate as automatic relay stations on the frequencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and
         (c)(1) under the provisions of § 74.436, however, one licensee may not operate such stations on more
         than two frequency pairs in a single area.

     (c) Base stations may use voice communications between the studio and transmitter or points of any
         intercity relay system on frequencies in Groups I and J.

47 CFR 74.432(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 23 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.432(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (d) Base stations may be authorized to establish standby circuits from places where official broadcasts may
         be made during times of emergency and circuits to interconnect an emergency survival communications
         system.

     (e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, base stations may provide program circuits
         between the studio and transmitter or to relay programs between broadcasting stations. A base station
         may be operated unattended in accordance with the following:

           (1) The station must be designed, installed, and protected so that the transmitter can only be activated
               or controlled by persons authorized by the licensee.

           (2) The station must be equipped with circuits to prevent transmitter operation when no signal is
               received from the station which it is relaying.

     (f) Remote pickup stations may use only those frequencies and bandwidths which are necessary for
         operation.

     (g) An application for a remote pickup broadcast station or system shall specify the broadcasting station with
         which the remote pickup broadcast facility is to be principally used and the licensed area of operation for
         a system which includes mobile stations shall be the area considered to be served by the associated
         broadcasting station. Mobile stations may be operated outside the licensed area of operation pursuant to
         § 74.24 of this part. Where the applicant for remote pickup broadcast facilities is the licensee of more
         than one class of broadcasting station (AM, FM, TV), all licensed to the same community, designation of
         one such station as the associated broadcasting station will not preclude use of the remote pickup
         broadcast facilities with those broadcasting stations not included in the designation and such additional
         use shall be at the discretion of the licensee.

     (h) In cases where a series of broadcasts are to be made from the same location, portable or mobile
         transmitters may be left at such location for the duration of the series of broadcasts: Provided, The
         transmitting apparatus is properly secured so that it may not be operated by unauthorized persons when
         unattended. Prior Commission authority shall be obtained for the installation of any transmitting antenna
         which requires notification to the FAA, pursuant to § 17.7 of the Commission's rules and regulations, and
         which will be in existence for more than 2 days.

     (i)   The location of each remote pickup broadcast base station will be specified in the station or system
           license and such stations may not be operated at any other location without prior authority of the
           Commission.

     (j)   The license shall be retained in the licensee's files at the address shown on the authorization.

     (k) In case of permanent discontinuance of operations of a station licensed under this subpart, the licensee
         shall cancel the station license using FCC Form 601. For purposes of this section, a station which is not
         operated for a period of one year is considered to have been permanently discontinued.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18, 1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984;
51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000; 68 FR 12764, Mar.
17, 2003; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019]

47 CFR 74.432(k) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 24 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.433
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.433 Temporary authorizations.
     (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for remote pickup station operation which cannot be
         conducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such authority will normally be granted only for operations of a
         temporary nature. Where operation is seen as likely on a continuing annual basis, an application for a
         regular authorization should be submitted.

     (b) A request for special temporary authority for the operation of a remote pickup broadcast station must be
         made in accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

     (c) All requests for special temporary authority of a remote pickup broadcast station must include full
         particulars including: licensee's name and address, facility identification number of the associated
         broadcast station or stations, call letters of remote pickup station (if assigned), type and manufacturer of
         equipment, power output, emission, frequency or frequencies proposed to be used, commencement and
         termination date, location of operation and purpose for which request is made including any particular
         justification.

     (d) A request for special temporary authority shall specify a frequency or frequencies consistent with the
         provisions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in the case of events of wide-spread interest and importance which
         cannot be transmitted successfully on these frequencies, frequencies assigned to other services may be
         requested upon a showing that operation thereon will not cause interference to established stations: And
         provided further, In no case will operation of a remote pickup broadcast station be authorized on
         frequencies employed for the safety of life and property.

     (e) The user shall have full control over the transmitting equipment during the period it is operated.

     (f) Special temporary authority to permit operation of remote pickup broadcast stations or systems pending
         Commission action on an application for regular authority will not normally be granted.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58
FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.434 Remote control operation.
     (a) A remote control system must provide adequate monitoring and control functions to permit proper
         operation of the station.

     (b) A remote control system must be designed, installed, and protected so that the transmitter can only be
         activated or controlled by persons authorized by the licensee.

     (c) A remote control system must prevent inadvertent transmitter operation caused by malfunctions in the
         circuits between the control point and transmitter.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.436 Special requirements for automatic relay stations.
     (a) An automatic relay station must be designed, installed, and protected so that the transmitter can only be
         activated or controlled by persons authorized by the licensee.

     (b) An automatic relay station may accomplish retransmission of the incoming signals by either heterodyne
         frequency conversion or by modulating the transmitter with the demodulated incoming signals.

47 CFR 74.436(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 25 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.436(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) An automatic relay station transmitter may relay the demodulated incoming signals from one or more
         receivers.

[51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.451 Certification of equipment.
     (a) Applications for new remote pickup broadcast stations or systems or for changing transmitting
         equipment of an existing station will not be accepted unless the transmitters to be used have been
         certificated by the FCC pursuant to the provisions of this subpart, or have been certificated for licensing
         under part 90 of this chapter and do not exceed the output power limits specified in § 74.461(b).

     (b) Any manufacturer of a transmitter to be used in this service may apply for certification for such
         transmitter following the certification procedure set forth in part 2 of the Commission's rules and
         regulations. Attention is also directed to part 1 of the Commission's rules and regulations which specifies
         the fees required when filing an application for certification.

     (c) An applicant for a remote pickup broadcast station or system may also apply for certification for an
         individual transmitter by following the certification procedure set forth in part 2 of the Commission's rules
         and regulations.

     (d) All transmitters marketed for use under this subpart shall be certificated by the Federal Communications
         Commission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of the Commission's Rules and Regulations.)

     (e) Remote pickup broadcast station equipment authorized to be used pursuant to an application accepted
         for filing prior to December 1, 1977, may continue to be used by the licensee or its successors or
         assignees: Provided, however, If operation of such equipment causes harmful interference due to its
         failure to comply with the technical standards set forth in this subpart, the Commission may, at its
         discretion, require the licensee to take such corrective action as is necessary to eliminate the interference.

     (f) Each instrument of authority which permits operation of a remote pickup broadcast station or system
         using equipment which has not been certificated will specify the particular transmitting equipment which
         the licensee is authorized to use.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30, 1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978;
45 FR 28142, Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.452 Equipment changes.
     (a) Modifications may be made to an existing authorization in accordance with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this
         chapter.

     (b) All transmitters initially installed after November 30, 1977, must be certificated for use in this service or
         other service as specified in § 74.451(a).

[68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003]

47 CFR 74.452(b) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 26 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.461
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.461 Transmitter power.
     (a) Transmitter power is the power at the transmitter output terminals and delivered to the antenna, antenna
         transmission line, or any other impedance-matched, radio frequency load. For the purpose of this Subpart,
         the transmitter power is the carrier power.

     (b) The authorized transmitter power for a remote pickup broadcast station shall be limited to that necessary
         for satisfactory service and, in any event, shall not be greater than 100 watts, except that a station to be
         operated aboard an aircraft shall normally be limited to a maximum authorized power of 15 watts.
         Specific authorization to operate stations on board aircraft with an output power exceeding 15 watts will
         be issued only upon an adequate engineering showing of need, and of the procedures that will be taken to
         avoid harmful interference to other licensees.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978]

§ 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions.
     (a) Each authorization for a new remote pickup broadcast station or system shall require the use of
         certificated equipment and such equipment shall be operated in accordance with emission specifications
         included in the grant of certification and as prescribed in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.

     (b) The maximum authorized bandwidth of emissions corresponding to the types of emissions specified
         below, and the maximum authorized frequency deviation in the case of frequency or phase modulated
         emission, shall be as follows:

                                                                             Maximum
                                           Authorized bandwidth              frequency
            Frequencies                                                                    Type of emission2
                                                   (kHz)                     deviation1
                                                                                (kHz)
           MHz:
               25.87 to     40                                                       10 Frequencies 25.87 to
               26.03        20                                                        5 153.3575 MHz: A3E,
               26.07 to     30/60                                                  5/10 F1E, F3E, F9E.
               26.47
               152.8625
               to
               153.35753
               160.860      60                                                       10
               to
               161.400
               161.625      30                                                        5
               to
               161.775
               166.25       12.5/25                                                   5
               and
               170.154
               450.00625 Frequencies 160.860 to 455.950 MHz: A1A, A1B,

47 CFR 74.462(b) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 27 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.462(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                                              Maximum
                                          Authorized bandwidth                frequency
              Frequencies                                                                  Type of emission2
                                                  (kHz)                       deviation1
                                                                                 (kHz)
                to        A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E, F1A, F1B, F1D,
                450.025   F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, F9E
                450.98125
                to
                450.99375
                455.00625
                to
                455.025
                455.98125
                to
                455.99375

                Up to 12.5

                1.5
                450.03125
                to
                450.61875
                455.03125 Up to 25                                                     5
                to
                455.61875
                450.6375
                to
                450.8625
                455.6375     25–50                                                    10
                to
                455.8625
                450.900,
                450.950
                455.900,     50–100                                                   35
                455.950

          1   Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used.

          2Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A,
          A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission.

          3New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on
          board aircraft, or to use a bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz

47 CFR 74.462(b) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 28 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.462(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           4For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission
           and tolerance on frequencies 166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such
           operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stations licensed or applied for on or after
           April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not
           exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission
           and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

     (c) For emissions on frequencies above 25 MHz with authorized bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissions
         shall comply with the emission mask and transient frequency behavior requirements of §§ 90.210 and
         90.214 of this chapter. For all other emissions, the mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below
         the mean output power of the transmitter in accordance with the following schedule:

           (1) On any frequency removed from the assignment frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
               including 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 25 dB:

           (2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than 100 percent up to and
               including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 35 dB;

           (3) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than 250 percent on the authorized
               bandwidth; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (mean output power, in watts) dB.

     (d) In the event a station's emissions outside its authorized channel cause harmful interference, the
         Commission may, at its discretion, require the licensee to take such further steps as may be necessary to
         eliminate the interference.

           Note: The measurements of emission power can be expressed in peak or mean values provided
           they are expressed in the same parameters as the unmodulated transmitter carrier power.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19, 1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43
FR 38391, Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR 28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12765, Mar.
17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003]

§ 74.463 Modulation requirements.
     (a) Each new remote pickup broadcast station authorized to operate with a power output in excess of 3 watts
         shall be equipped with a device which will automatically prevent modulation in excess of the limits set
         forth in this subpart.

     (b) If amplitude modulation is employed, modulation shall not exceed 100 percent on negative peaks.

     (c) If frequency modulation is employed, emission shall conform to the requirements specified in § 74.462.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982]

47 CFR 74.463(c) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 29 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.464
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.464 Frequency tolerance.
For operations on frequencies above 25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remote
pickup broadcast station or system shall maintain the operating frequency of each station in compliance with the
frequency tolerance requirements of § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other operations, the licensee of a remote
pickup broadcast station or system shall maintain the operating frequency of each station in accordance with the
following:

                                                                      Tolerance (percent)
                  Frequency range
                                                           Base station               Mobile station
 25 to 30 MHz:
  3 W or less                                                              .002                         .005
  Over 3 W                                                                 .002                         .002
 30 to 300 MHz:
  3 W or less                                                             .0005                         .005
  Over 3 W                                                                .0005                        .0005
 300 to 500 MHz, all powers                                            .00025                          .0005

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979;
68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003]

§ 74.465 Frequency monitors and measurements.
The licensee of a remote pickup station or system shall provide the necessary means to assure that all operating
frequencies are maintained within the allowed tolerances.

[51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986]

§ 74.482 Station identification.
     (a) Each remote pickup broadcast station shall be identified by the transmission of the assigned station or
         system call sign, or by the call sign of the associated broadcast station. For systems, the licensee
         (including those operating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part) shall assign a unit designator to each station
         in the system. The call sign (and unit designator, where appropriate) shall be transmitted at the beginning
         and end of each period of operation. A period of operation may consist of a single continuous
         transmission, or a series of intermittent transmissions pertaining to a single event.

     (b) In cases where a period of operation is of more than one hour duration identification of remote pickup
         broadcast stations participating in the operation shall be made at approximately one-hour intervals.
         Identification transmissions during operation need not be made when to make such transmissions would
         interrupt a single consecutive speech, play, religious service, symphony, concert, or any type of
         production. In such cases, the identification transmissions shall be made at the first interruption in the
         program continuity and at the conclusion thereof. Hourly identification may be accomplished either by
         transmission of the station or system call sign and unit designator assigned to the individual station or
         identification of an associated broadcasting station or network with which the remote pickup broadcast
         station is being used.
47 CFR 74.482(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 30 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.482(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) In cases where an automatic relay station is a part of the circuit, the call sign of the relay transmitter may
         be transmitted automatically by the relay transmitter or by the remote pickup broadcast base or mobile
         station that actuates the automatic relay station.

     (d) Automatically activated equipment may be used to transmit station identification in International Morse
         Code, provided that the modulation tone is 1200 Hz±800 Hz, the level of modulation of the identification
         signal is maintained at 40%±10%, and that the code transmission rate is maintained between 20 and 25
         words per minute.

     (e) For stations using F1E or G1E emissions, identification shall be transmitted in the unscrambled analog
         (F3E) mode or in International Morse Code pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section at
         intervals not to exceed 15 minutes. For purposes of rule enforcement, all licensees using F1E or G1E
         emissions shall provide, upon request by the Commission, a full and complete description of the encoding
         methodology they currently use.

           Note: Stations are encouraged to identify using their associated part 73 station call sign.

[41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991;
68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003]

Subpart E—Aural Broadcast Auxiliary Stations
§ 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary stations.
     (a) Aural broadcast STL station. A fixed station for the transmission of aural program material between the
         studio and the transmitter of a broadcasting station other than an international broadcasting station.

     (b) Aural broadcast intercity relay (ICR) station. A fixed station for the transmission of aural program material
         between radio broadcast stations, other than international broadcast stations, between FM radio
         broadcast stations and their co-owned FM booster stations, between noncommercial educational FM
         radio stations and their co-owned noncommercial educational FM translator stations assigned to
         reserved channels (Channels 201 to 220), between FM radio stations and FM translator stations operating
         within the coverage contour of their primary stations, or for such other purposes as authorized in §
         74.531.

     (c) Aural broadcast microwave booster station. A fixed station in the broadcast auxiliary service that receives
         and amplifies signals of an aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station and retransmits them on the
         same frequency.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57
FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992]

§ 74.502 Frequency assignment.
     (a) Except as provided in NG30, broadcast auxiliary stations licensed as of November 21, 1984, to operate in
         the band 942–944 MHz[1] may continue to operate on a co-equal, primary basis to other stations and
         services operating in the band in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations. These stations will
         be protected from possible interference caused by new users of the band by the technical standards
         specified in § 101.105(c)(2).

47 CFR 74.502(a) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 31 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.502(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

         (b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz is available for assignment to aural STL and ICR stations. One or more
             of the following 25 kHz segments may be stacked to form a channel which may be assigned with a
             maximum authorized bandwidth of 300 kHz except as noted in the following Table. The channel, will be
             assigned by its center frequency, channel bandwidth, and emission designator. The following frequencies
             are the centers of individual segments. When stacking an even number of segments, the center frequency
             specified will deviate from the following frequencies in that it should correspond to the actual center of
             stacked channels. When stacking an odd number of channels, the center frequency specified will
             correspond to one of the following frequencies.

         944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125, 944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375,
         944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625, 944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875,
         944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125, 944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375,
         944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625, 944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875,
         945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125, 945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375,
         945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625, 945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875,
         945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125, 945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375,
         945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625, 945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875,
         946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125, 946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375,
         946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625, 946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875,
         946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125, 946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375,
         946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625, 946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875,
         947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125, 947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375,
         947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625, 947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875,
         947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125, 947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375,
         947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625, 947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875,
         948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125, 948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375,
         948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625, 948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875,
         948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125, 948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375,
         948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625, 948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875,
         949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125, 949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375,
         949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625, 949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875,
         949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125, 949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375,
         949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625, 949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875,
         950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125, 950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375,
         950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625, 950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875,
         950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125, 950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375,
         950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625, 950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875,
         951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125, 951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375,
         951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625, 951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875,
         951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125, 951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375,
         951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625, 951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875.

   [1]
     NOTE: In addition to this band, stations in Puerto Rico may continue to be authorized on 942.5, 943.0, 943.5,
   944.0 MHz in the band 942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stations and services operating in accordance
   with the Table of Frequency Allocations.

47 CFR 74.502(b) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 32 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.502(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (1) A single broadcast station may be authorized up to a maximum of twenty segments (500 kHz total
              bandwidth) for transmission of program material between a single origin and one or more
              designations. The station may lease excess capacity for broadcast and other uses on a secondary
              basis, subject to availability of spectrum for broadcast use. However, an FM station licensed for
              twelve or fewer segments (300 kHz total bandwidth) or an AM station licensed for eight or fewer
              segments (200 kHz total bandwidth) may lease excess capacity for broadcast and other uses on a
              primary basis.

          (2) An applicant (new or modification of existing license) may assume the cost of replacement of one or
              more existing licensees equipment with narrowband equipment of comparable capabilities and
              quality in order to make available spectrum for its facilities. Existing licensees must accept such
              replacement without cost to them except upon a showing that the replacement equipment does not
              meet the capability or quality requirements.

     (c) Aural broadcast STL and intercity relay stations that were licensed or had applications pending before the
         Commission as of September 18, 1998 may continue those operations in the band 18,760–18,820 and
         19,100–19,160 MHz on a shared co-primary basis with other services under parts 21, 25, and 101 of this
         chapter until June 8, 2010. Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations are subject to relocation by licensees in
         the fixed-satellite service. Such relocation is subject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this
         chapter. After June 8, 2010, such operations are not entitled to protection from fixed-satellite service
         operations and must not cause unacceptable interference to fixed-satellite service station operations. No
         applications for new licenses will be accepted in these bands after June 8, 2000.

          (1) (i) 5 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                                                                                                  Receive
                                         Transmit (receive) (MHz)                                (transmit)
                                                                                                   (MHz)
                                                          340 MHz Separation
                 18762.5                                                                                      19102.5
                 18767.5                                                                                      19107.5
                 18772.5                                                                                      19112.5
                 18777.5                                                                                      19117.5
                 18782.5                                                                                      19122.5
                 18787.5                                                                                      19127.5
                 18792.5                                                                                      19132.5
                 18797.5                                                                                      19137.5
                 18802.5                                                                                      19142.5
                 18807.5                                                                                      19147.5
                 18812.5                                                                                      19152.5
                 18817.5                                                                                      19157.5

                (ii) Licensees may use either a two-way link or one frequency of a frequency pair for a one-way link.

          (2) [Reserved]

47 CFR 74.502(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 33 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.502(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (d) For the coordination of all frequency assignments for fixed stations above 944 MHz, for each frequency
         authorized under this part, the interference protection criteria in § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter
         and the frequency usage coordination procedures of § 101.103(d) of this chapter will apply.

     (e) The use of the frequencies listed in paragraph (b) of this section by aural broadcast intercity relay stations
         is subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to other classes of stations operating in
         accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations contained in § 2.106 of this chapter.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50
FR 7341, Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR 24905, June
12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989; 65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR
16967, Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008]

§ 74.503 Frequency selection.
     (a) Each application for a new station or change in an existing station shall be specific with regard to
         frequency. In general, the lowest suitable frequency will be assigned which, on an engineering basis, will
         not cause harmful interference to other stations operating in accordance with existing frequency
         allocations.

     (b) Where it appears that interference may result from the operation of a new station or a change in the
         facilities of an existing station, the Commission may require a showing that harmful interference will not
         be caused to existing stations or that if interference will be caused the need for the proposed service
         outweighs the loss of service due to the interference.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963]

§ 74.531 Permissible service.
     (a) An aural broadcast STL station is authorized to transmit aural program material between the studio and
         transmitter location of a broadcasting station, except an international broadcasting station, for
         simultaneous or delayed broadcast.

     (b) An aural broadcast intercity relay station is authorized to transmit aural program material between
         broadcasting stations, except international broadcasting stations, for simultaneous or delayed broadcast.

     (c) An aural broadcast intercity relay station is authorized to transmit aural program material between
         noncommercial educational FM radio stations and their co-owned noncommercial educational FM
         translator stations assigned to reserved channels (Channels 201 to 220) and between FM radio stations
         and FM translator stations operating within the coverage contour of their primary stations. This use shall
         not interfere with or otherwise preclude use of these broadcast auxiliary facilities by broadcast auxiliary
         stations transmitting aural programming between broadcast stations as provided in paragraph (b) of this
         section.

     (d) An aural broadcast STL or intercity relay may be used to transmit material between an FM broadcast radio
         station and an FM booster station owned, operated, and controlled by the licensee of the originating FM
         radio station. This use shall not interfere with or otherwise preclude use of these broadcast auxiliary
         facilities by broadcast auxiliary stations transmitting aural programming between the studio and
         transmitter location of a broadcast station or between broadcast stations as provided in paragraphs (a)
         and (b) of this section.

47 CFR 74.531(d) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 34 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.531(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (e) An aural broadcast microwave booster station is authorized to retransmit the signals of an aural
         broadcast STL or intercity relay station.

     (f) Multiplexing of the STL or intercity relay transmitter may be employed to provide additional
         communication channels for the transmission of aural program material, news-wire teleprinter signals
         relaying news to be associated with main channel programming, operational communications, and
         material authorized to be transmitted over an FM station under a valid Subsidiary Communications
         Authorization (SCA). An aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station may not be operated solely for the
         transmission of operational, teleprinter or subsidiary communications. Operational communications
         include cues, orders, and other communications directly related to the operation of the broadcast station
         as well as special signals used for telemetry or the control of apparatus used in conjunction with the
         broadcasting operations.

     (g) All program material, including subsidiary communications, transmitted over an aural broadcast STL or
         intercity relay station shall be intended for use by broadcast stations owned or under common control of
         the licensee or licensees of the STL or intercity relay station. Other broadcast stations may
         simultaneously utilize such program material with permission of the STL or intercity relay station licensee.

     (h) In any case where multiplexing, is employed on an aural broadcast STL station for the simultaneous
         transmission of more than one aural channel, the STL transmitter must be capable of transmitting the
         multiple channels within the channel on which the STL station is authorized to operate and with adequate
         technical quality so that each broadcast station utilizing the circuit can meet the technical performance
         standards stipulated in the rules governing that class of broadcasting station. If multiplex operation is
         employed during the regular operation of the STL station, the additional circuits shall be in operation at
         the time that the required periodic performance measurements are made of the overall broadcasting
         system from the studio microphone input circuit to the broadcast transmitter output circuit.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45 FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990;
57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992]

§ 74.532 Licensing requirements.
     (a) An aural broadcast STL or an aural broadcast intercity relay station will be licensed only to the licensee or
         licensees of broadcast stations, including low power FM stations, other than international broadcast
         stations, and for use with broadcast stations owned entirely by or under common control of the licensee
         or licensees. An aural broadcast intercity relay station also will be licensed for use by low power FM
         stations, noncommercial educational FM translator stations assigned to reserved channels (Channels
         201–220) and owned and operated by their primary station, by FM translator stations operating within the
         coverage contour of their primary stations, and by FM booster stations. Aural auxiliary stations licensed to
         low power FM stations will be assigned on a secondary basis; i.e., subject to the condition that no harmful
         interference is caused to other aural auxiliary stations assigned to radio broadcast stations. Auxiliary
         stations licensed to low power FM stations must accept any interference caused by stations having
         primary use of aural auxiliary frequencies.

     (b) More than one aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station may be licensed to a single licensee upon a
         satisfactory showing that the additional stations are needed to provide different program circuits to more
         than one broadcast station, to provide program circuits from other studios, or to provide one or more
         intermediate relay stations over a path which cannot be covered with a single station due to terrain or
         distance.

47 CFR 74.532(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 35 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.532(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) If more than one broadcast station or class of broadcast station is to be served by a single aural
         broadcast auxiliary station, this information must be stated in the application for construction permit or
         license.

     (d) Licensees of aural broadcast STL and intercity relay stations may be authorized to operate one or more
         aural broadcast microwave booster stations for the purpose of relaying signals over a path that cannot be
         covered with a single station.

     (e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary station will be licensed at a specified transmitter location to communicate
         with a specified receiving location, and the direction of the main radiation lobe of the transmitting antenna
         will be a term of the station authorization.

     (f) In case of permanent discontinuance of operations of a station licensed under this subpart, the licensee
         shall cancel the station license using FCC Form 601. For purposes of this section, a station which is not
         operated for a period of one year is considered to have been permanently discontinued.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987;
55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar.
17, 2003]

§ 74.533 Remote control and unattended operation.
     (a) Aural broadcast STL and intercity relay stations may be operated by remote control provided that such
         operation is conducted in accordance with the conditions listed below:

           (1) The remote control system must provide adequate monitoring and control functions to permit proper
               operation of the station.

           (2) The remote control system must be designed, installed, and protected so that the transmitter can
               only be activated or controlled by persons authorized by the licensee.

           (3) The remote control system must prevent inadvertent transmitter operation due to malfunctions in
               circuits between the control point and transmitter.

     (b) Aural broadcast auxiliary stations may be operated unattended subject to the following provisions:

           (1) The transmitter shall be provided with adequate safeguards to prevent improper operation of the
               equipment.

           (2) The transmitter installation shall be adequately protected against tampering by unauthorized
               persons.

           (3) Whenever an unattended aural broadcast auxiliary station is used, appropriate observations must be
               made at the receiving end of the circuit as often as necessary to ensure proper station operation.
               However, an aural broadcast STL (and any aural broadcast microwave booster station) associated
               with a radio or TV broadcast station operated by remote control may be observed by monitoring the
               broadcast station's transmitted signal at the remote control or ATS monitoring point.

     (c) The FCC may notify the licensee to cease or modify operation in the case of frequency usage disputes,
         interference or similar situations where such action appears to be in the public interest, convenience and
         necessity.

(Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1, 74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318)

47 CFR 74.533(c) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 36 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.534
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985;
50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.534 Power limitations.
     (a) Transmitter output power.

           (1) Transmitter output power shall be limited to that necessary to accomplish the function of the
               system.

           (2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band, transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts.

     (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic
         radiator, exceed the values specified in the following table. In cases of harmful interference, the
         Commission may, after notice and opportunity for hearing, order a change in the equivalent isotropically
         radiated power of this station.

                       Frequency band (MHz)                           Maximum Allowable1 EIRP (dBW)
            944 to 952                                  + 40
            17,700 to 18,600                            + 55
            18,600 to 19,700                            + 35

           1
             Stations licensed based on an application filed before April 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding
           those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their
           current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal.

     (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use Automatic Transmitter Power Control (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP
         specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall be maintained as near as
         practicable to the EIRP specified on the station authorization.

[68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.535 Emission and bandwidth.
     (a) The mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the mean transmitter power (PMEAN) in
         accordance with the following schedule:

           (1) When using frequency modulation:

                 (i)   On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 50% up to and
                       including 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference bandwidth
                       (BREF);

                 (ii) On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 100% up to and
                      including 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference
                      bandwidth;

                (iii) On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 250% of the
                      authorized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 log10 (PMEAN in watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the
                      lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz reference bandwidth.

47 CFR 74.535(a)(1)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 37 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.535(a)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (2) When using transmissions employing digital modulation techniques:

                (i)   For operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center
                      frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
                      including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in
                      no event less than 50 decibels:

                      A = 35 + 0.8(G − 50) + 10 Log10 B.

                      (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is not required.)
                Where:

                A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean output power level.

                G = Percent removed from the carrier frequency.

                B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz.

                (ii) For operating frequencies above 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center
                     frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
                     including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in
                     no event less than 11 decibels:

                      A = 11 + 0.4(G − 50) + 10 Log10 B.

                      (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is not required.)
                (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the
                      assigned frequency by more than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10
                      Log10 (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

     (b) For all emissions not covered in paragraph (a) of this section, the peak power of emissions shall be
         attenuated below the peak envelope transmitter power (PPEAK) in accordance with the following schedule:

          (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the channel edge up to and including 2500 Hz outside the same
              edge, the following formula will apply:

                A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 − (W/2)]2] dB

                (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is not required.)
          Where:

          A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak envelope transmitter power.

          D = the displacement frequency (kHz) from the center of the authorized bandwidth.

          W = the channel bandwidth (kHz).

          (2) On any frequency removed from the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: At least 43 + 10 Log10
              (PPEAK in watts) dB.

47 CFR 74.535(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 38 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.535(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) In the event a station's emissions outside its authorized channel cause harmful interference, the
         Commission may require the licensee to take such further steps as may be necessary to eliminate the
         interference.

     (d) For purposes of compliance with the emission limitation requirements of this section:

          (1) If the transmitter modulates a single carrier, digital modulation techniques are considered as being
              employed when digital modulation occupies 50 percent or more of the total peak frequency
              deviation of a transmitted radio frequency carrier. The total peak frequency deviation will be
              determined by adding the deviation produced by the digital modulation signal and the deviation
              produced by any frequency division multiplex (FDM) modulation used. The deviation (D) produced by
              the FDM signal must be determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) of this chapter.

          (2) If the transmitter modulates two or more carriers, with at least one using digital modulation and one
              using frequency or other analog modulation, digital modulation techniques are considered as being
              employed when the necessary bandwidth of the digital signal(s) is 50 percent or more of the
              aggregate bandwidth of the system, comprising the digital necessary bandwidth(s), the analog
              necessary bandwidth(s), and any bandwidth(s) between the digital and analog necessary
              bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate bandwidth shall be used for the authorized bandwidth (B) in
              paragraph (a) of this section, and for purposes of compliance with the bandwidth limitations in §
              74.502 of this subpart; and the sum of the powers of the analog and digital signals shall be used for
              mean transmitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) or the peak envelope transmitter power (PPEAK) in
              paragraph (b) of this section, and for purposes of compliance with the power limitations in § 74.534
              of this subpart.

          (3) For demonstrating compliance with the attenuation requirements for frequency modulation and
              digital modulation in paragraph (a) of this section, the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the measuring
              equipment used for measurements removed from the center frequency by more than 250 percent of
              the authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, and 1 MHz for
              operating frequencies above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth for frequencies removed from the
              center frequency by less than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth shall be the reference
              bandwidth (BREF) specified in the individual emission limitations, but may be reduced to not less than
              one percent of the authorized bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the nearest greater resolution
              bandwidth available on the measuring equipment. In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not equal, then
              the attenuation requirement must be increased (or decreased) as determined by a factor of 10 log10
              [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in megahertz)] decibels, where a positive factor indicates an increase in
              the attenuation requirement and a negative factor indicates a decrease in the attenuation
              requirement.

          (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, using equipment not
              conforming with the emission limitations specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in
              accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. existing
              equipment and equipment of product lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via
              certification or Declaration of Conformity before March 17, 2005, for equipment not conforming to
              the emission limitations requirements specified above, may continue to be manufactured and/or
              marketed, but may not be authorized for use under a station license except at stations licensed
              pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-conforming equipment authorized
              under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by conforming
              equipment.

47 CFR 74.535(d)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 39 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.535(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 Note 1 to paragraph (d)(4): the Declaration of Conformity procedure has been replaced by the
                 Supplier's Declaration of Conformity procedure. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

     (e) The following limitations apply to the operation of aural broadcast microwave booster stations:

           (1) The booster station must receive and amplify the signals of the originating station and retransmit
               them on the same frequency without significantly altering them in any way. The characteristics of the
               booster transmitter output signal shall meet the requirements applicable to the signal of the
               originating station.

           (2) The licensee is responsible for correcting any condition of interference that results from the radiation
               of radio frequency energy outside the assigned channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the station
               licensee that interference is being caused, operation of the apparatus must be immediately
               suspended and may not be resumed until the interference has been eliminated or it can be
               demonstrated that the interference is not due to spurious emissions. However, short term test
               transmissions may be made during the period of suspended operation to determine the efficacy of
               remedial measures.

           (3) In each instance where suspension of operation is required, the licensee must submit a full report to
               the FCC after operation is resumed. The report must contain details of the nature of the interference,
               the source of interfering signals, and the remedial steps taken to eliminate the interference.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984;
50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50835, Nov. 2, 2017]

§ 74.536 Directional antenna required.
     (a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR stations are required to use a directional antenna with the minimum
         beamwidth necessary, consistent with good engineering practice, to establish the link.

     (b) An aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station operating in the 17.7–19.7 GHz band shall employ an
         antenna that meets the performance standards for Category A, except that in areas not subject to
         frequency congestion, antennas meeting standards for Category B may be employed. However, the
         Commission may require the replacement, at the licensee's expense, of any antenna or periscope antenna
         system of a permanent fixed station that does not meet performance Standard A, which is specified in the
         table in paragraph (c) of this section, upon a showing that said antenna causes or is likely to cause
         interference to (or receive interference from) any other authorized or proposed station; provided that an
         antenna meeting performance Standard A is unlikely to involve such interference.

     (c) Licensees shall comply with the antenna standards table shown in this paragraph in the following manner:

           (1) With either the maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points requirement or with the minimum antenna gain
               requirement; and

           (2) With the minimum radiation suppression to angle requirement.

47 CFR 74.536(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 40 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.536(c)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                                    Antenna Standards

                            Maximum beamwidth to 3 dB                                         Minimum radiation suppression to angle in degrees from centerline of main beam in
    Frequency                         points1                 Minimum antenna gain                                               decibels
                Category
      (GHz)                     (included angle in                   (dbi)
                                                                                          5° to 10°   10° to 15°   15° to 20°   20° to 30°   30° to 100°   100° to 140°   140° to 180°
                                     degrees)
17.7 to 19.7          A                                 2.2                          38         25           29           33           36            42              55             55
                      B                                 2.2                          38         20           24           28           32            35              36             36
1If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation
planes.

47 CFR 74.536(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                                                                                page 41 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.537
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62
FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.537 Temporary authorizations.
     (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station operation
         which cannot be conducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such authority will normally be granted only for
         operations of a temporary nature. Where operation is seen as likely on a continuing annual basis, an
         application for a regular authorization should be submitted.

     (b) A request for special temporary authority for the operation of an aural broadcast STL or an intercity relay
         station must be made in accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

     (c) All requests for special temporary authority of an aural broadcast auxiliary stations must include full
         particulars including: licensee's name and address, facility identification number of the associated
         broadcast station(s), call letters of the aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station, if assigned, type and
         manufacturer of equipment, effective isotropic radiated power, emission, frequency or frequencies
         proposed for use, commencement and termination date and location of the proposed operation, and
         purpose for which request is made including any particular justification.

     (d) A request for special temporary authorization shall specify a frequency or frequencies consistent with the
         provisions of § 74.502. However, in the case of events of widespread interest and importance which
         cannot be transmitted successfully on these frequencies, frequencies assigned to other services may be
         requested upon a showing that operation thereon will not cause interference to established stations. In no
         case will operation of an aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station be authorized on frequencies
         employed for the safety of life or property.

     (e) When the transmitting equipment utilized is not licensed to the user, the user shall nevertheless have full
         control over the use of the equipment during the period it is operated.

     (f) Special temporary authorization to permit operation of aural broadcast STL or intercity relay stations or
         systems pending FCC action on an application for regular authority will normally not be granted.

[47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.550 Equipment authorization.
Each authorization for aural broadcast STL, ICR, and booster stations shall require the use of equipment which has
received a grant of certification or authorized under a Supplier's Declaration of Conformity. Equipment which has
not been approved under the equipment authorization program and which was in service prior to July 1, 1993, may
be retained solely for temporary uses necessary to restore or maintain regular service provided by approved
equipment, because the main or primary unit has failed or requires servicing. Such temporary uses may not interfere
with or impede the establishment of other aural broadcast auxiliary links and may not occur during more than 720
cumulative hours per year. Should interference occur, the licensee must take all steps necessary to eliminate it, up
to and including cessation of operation of the auxiliary transmitter. All unapproved equipment retained for
temporary use must have been in the possession of the licensee prior to July 1, 1993, and may not be obtained from
other sources. Equipment designed exclusively for fixed operation shall be authorized under Supplier's Declaration
of Conformity procedure. The equipment authorization procedures are contained in subpart J of part 2 of this
chapter.

47 CFR 74.550 (enhanced display)                                                                                page 42 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.551
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           Note 1 to § 74.550: The Declaration of Conformity procedure has been replaced by Supplier's
           Declaration of Conformity. Equipment previously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this
           chapter may remain in use. See § 2.950 to this chapter.

           Note 2 to § 74.550: Consistent with the note to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the
           942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required to
           come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The backup provisions described above apply to these
           stations also.

[82 FR 50835, Nov. 2, 2107]

§ 74.551 Equipment changes.
     (a) Modifications may be made to an existing authorization in accordance with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this
         chapter.

     (b) Permissible changes in equipment operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76–18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16
         GHz. Notwithstanding other provisions of this section, licensees of stations that remain co-primary under
         the provisions of § 74.502(c) may not make modifications to their systems that increase interference to
         satellite earth stations, or result in a facility that would be more costly to relocate.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50
FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 FR 12768, Mar. 17,
2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772, July 22, 2004]

§ 74.561 Frequency tolerance.
In the bands above 944 MHz, the operating frequency of the transmitter shall be maintained in accordance with the
following table:

      Frequency band (MHz)                       Tolerance as percentage of assigned frequency
 944 to 952                                                                                            0.005
 17,700 to 19,700                                                                                      0.003

[54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.562 Frequency monitors and measurements.
The licensee shall ensure that the STL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitter does not exceed the emission limitations of
§ 74.535. This may be accomplished by appropriate frequency measurement techniques and consideration of the
transmitter emissions.

[50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985]

47 CFR 74.562 (enhanced display)                                                                                  page 43 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.582
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.582 Station identification.
     (a) Each aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station, when transmitting program material or information
         shall transmit station identification at the beginning and end of each period of operation, and hourly, as
         close to the hour as feasible, at a natural break in program offerings by one of the following means:

           (1) Transmission of its own call sign by aural means or by automatic transmission of international
               Morse telegraphy.

           (2) Aural transmission of the call sign of the radio broadcast station with which it is licensed as an STL
               or intercity relay station.

           (3) Aural transmission of the call sign of the radio broadcast station whose signals are being relayed, or,
               when programs are obtained directly from network lines and relayed, the network identification.

     (b) Station identification transmissions during operation need not be made when to make such transmission
         would interrupt a single consecutive speech, play, religious service, symphony concert, or other such
         productions. In such cases, the identification transmission shall be made at the first interruption of the
         entertainment continuity and at the conclusion thereof.

     (c) Where more than one aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station is employed in an integrated relay
         system, the station at the point of origination may originate the transmission of the call signs of all of the
         stations in the relay system.

     (d) Aural broadcast microwave booster stations will be assigned individual call signs. However, station
         identification will be accomplished by the retransmission of identification as provided in paragraph (a) of
         this section.

     (e) Voice transmissions shall normally be employed for station identification. However, other methods of
         station identification may be permitted or required by the Commission.

[28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27, 1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980;
49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984]

Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary Stations
§ 74.600 Eligibility for license.
A license for a station in this subpart will be issued only to a television broadcast station, a Class A TV station, a
television broadcast network-entity, a low power TV station, or a TV translator station.

[ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000]

§ 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary stations.
     (a) TV pickup stations. A land mobile station used for the transmission of TV program material and related
         communications from scenes of events occurring at points removed from TV station studios to a TV
         broadcast, Class A TV or low power TV station or other purposes as authorized in § 74.631.

     (b) TV STL station (studio-transmitter link). A fixed station used for the transmission of TV program material
         and related communications from the studio to the transmitter of a TV broadcast, Class A TV or low
         power TV station or other purposes as authorized in § 74.631.

47 CFR 74.601(b) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 44 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.601(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) TV relay station. A fixed station used for transmission of TV program material and related
         communications for use by TV broadcast, Class A TV and low power TV stations or other purposes as
         authorized in § 74.631.

     (d) TV translator relay station. A fixed station used for relaying programs and signals of TV broadcast or
         Class A TV stations to Class A TV, LPTV, TV translator, and to other communications facilities that the
         Commission may authorize or for other purposes as permitted by § 74.631.

     (e) TV broadcast licensee. Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast, Class A TV and low power TV stations,
         unless specifically otherwise indicated.

     (f) TV microwave booster station. A fixed station in the TV broadcast auxiliary service that receives and
         amplifies signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or TV translator relay station and retransmits them on
         the same frequency.

[65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000]

§ 74.602 Frequency assignment.
     (a) The following frequencies are available for assignment to television pickup, television STL, television relay
         and television translator relay stations. The band segments 17,700–18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are
         available for broadcast auxiliary stations as described in paragraph (g) of this section. The band segment
         6425–6525 MHz is available for broadcast auxiliary stations as described in paragraph (i) of this section.
         The bands 6875–7125 MHz and 12700–13200 MHz are co-equally shared with stations licensed
         pursuant to Parts 78 and 101 of the Commission's Rules. Broadcast network-entities may also use the
         1990–2110, 6425–6525 and 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile television pickup only.

                                                                        Band D1 GHz
            Band A MHz        Band B MHz           Group A channels                   Group B channels
                                           Designation   Channel boundaries   Designation   Channel boundaries
           1990–2008                       A01               12.700–12.725 B01                12.7125–12.7375
           2008–2025                       A02               12.725–12.750 B02                12.7375–12.7625
           2025–2042                       A03               12.750–12.775 B03                12.7625–12.7875
           2042–2059                       A04               12.775–12.800 B04                12.7875–12.8125
           2059–2076          6875–6900    A05               12.800–12.825 B05                12.8125–12.8375
           2076–2093          6900–6925    A06               12.825–12.850 B06                12.8375–12.8625
           2093–2110          6925–6950    A07               12.850–12.875 B07                12.8625–12.8875
           2450–2467          6950–6975    A08               12.875–12.900 B08                12.8875–12.9125
           2467–2483.5        6975–7000    A09               12.900–12.925 B09                12.9125–12.9375
                              7000–7025    A10               12.925–12.950 B10                12.9375–12.9625
                              7025–7050    A11               12.950–12.975 B11                12.9625–12.9875
                              7050–7075    A12               12.975–13.000 B12                12.9875–12.0125
                              7075–7100    A13               13.000–13.025 B13                13.0125–13.0375
                              7100–7125    A14               13.025–13.050 B14                13.0375–13.0625
                                           A15               13.050–13.075 B15                13.0625–13.0875
                                           A16               13.075–13.100 B16                13.0875–13.1125

47 CFR 74.602(a) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 45 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.602(a)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                                         Band D1 GHz
              Band A MHz     Band B MHz               Group A channels                  Group B channels
                                            Designation    Channel boundaries   Designation   Channel boundaries
                                            A17                 13.100–13.125 B17               13.1125–13.1375
                                            A18                 13.125–13.150 B182              13.1375–13.1625
                                            A192                13.150–13.175 B192              13.1625–13.1875
                                                  2                                 2
                                            A20                 13.175–13.200 B20               13.1875–13.2125
                                            A21                 13.200–13.225 B21               13.2125–13.2375
                                            A22                 13.225–13.250

          1For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B
          channels such that adjacent R.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying
          several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03, etc.

          2
            The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50
          km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km
          radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup
          stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co-equal
          basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis
          and CARS pickup stations on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets
          delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in §
          76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall
          operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television
          auxiliary stations licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979,
          may continue operation on channels in the 13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license
          renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125 GHz segment shall be
          limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions
          shall not apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.

           (1) Frequencies shown above between 2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allocated to accommodate
               the incidental radiations of industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment, and stations operating
               therein must accept any interference that may be caused by the operation of such equipment.
               Frequencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz are also shared with other communication services and
               exclusive channel assignments will not be made, nor is the channeling shown above necessarily that
               which will be employed by such other services.

           (2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no applications for new stations or modification to existing stations
               to increase the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, and
               licensees whose initial applications were filed on or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their
               operations are on a co-primary basis with the mobile-satellite and radiodetermination-satellite
               services, and in the segment 2495–2500 MHz, their operations are also on a co-primary basis with
               part 27 fixed and mobile except aeronautical mobile service operations.

           (3)

                 (i)   After January 7, 2004, stations may adhere to the channel plan specified in paragraph (a) of this
                       section, or the following channel plan in Band A:

47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 46 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHz

                Channel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHz

                Channel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHz

                Channel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHz

                Channel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHz

                Channel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHz

                Channel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz

                (ii) Stations adhering to the channel plan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section may also
                     use the following 40 data return link (DRL) channels to facilitate their operations in the
                     2025.5–2109.5 MHz band:

                Lower band DRL channels
                2025.000–2025.025 MHz

                2025.025–2025.050 MHz

                2025.050–2025.075 MHz

                2025.075–2025.100 MHz

                2025.100–2025.125 MHz

                2025.125–2025.150 MHz

                2025.150–2025.175 MHz

                2025.175–2025.200 MHz

                2025.200–2025.225 MHz

                2025.225–2025.250 MHz

                2025.250–2025.275 MHz

                2025.275–2025.300 MHz

                2025.300–2025.325 MHz

                2025.325–2025.350 MHz
47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 47 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                        47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                2025.350–2025.375 MHz

                2025.375–2025.400 MHz

                2025.400–2025.425 MHz

                2025.425–2025.450 MHz

                2025.450–2025.475 MHz

                2025.475–2025.500 MHz

     Upper band DRL channels
     2109.500–2109.525 MHz

     2109.525–2109.550 MHz

     2109.550–2109.575 MHz

     2109.575–2109.600 MHz

     2109.600–2109.625 MHz

     2109.625–2109.650 MHz

     2109.650–2109.675 MHz

     2109.675–2109.700 MHz

     2109.700–2109.725 MHz

     2109.725–2109.750 MHz

     2109.750–2109.775 MHz

     2109.775–2109.800 MHz

     2109.800–2109.825 MHz

     2109.825–2109.850 MHz

     2109.850–2109.875 MHz

     2109.875–2109.900 MHz

     2109.900–2109.925 MHz
47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                     page 48 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.602(a)(3)(iii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     2109.925–2109.950 MHz

     2109.950–2109.975 MHz

     2109.975–2110.000 MHz

               (iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service, Cable Television Remote Pickup Service, and Local Television
                     Transmission Service licensees will be required to use the Band A channel plan in paragraph
                     (a)(3)(i) of this section after completion of relocation by an Emerging Technologies licensee in
                     accordance with § 74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declining relocation may continue to use their
                     existing channel plan but must discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz band when they
                     indicate to an Emerging Technologies licensee, acting pursuant to § 74.690 or § 78.40 of this
                     chapter, that they decline to be relocated.

          (4) [Reserved]

     (b) Subject to the conditions of paragraph (a) of this section, frequency assignments will normally be made
         as requested, provided that the frequency selection provisions of § 74.604 have been followed and that
         the frequency requested will cause no interference to existing users in the area. The Commission reserves
         the right to assign frequencies other than those requested if, in its opinion, such action is warranted.

     (c) Fixed link stations will be authorized to operate on one channel only.

     (d) Cable Television Relay Service stations may be assigned channels in Band D between 12,700 and 13,200
         MHz subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to TV STL and TV relay stations
         authorized at the time of such grants. Similarly, new TV STL and TV relay stations must not cause harmful
         interference to cable television relay stations authorized at the time of such grants. The use of channels
         between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz by TV pickup stations is subject to the condition that no harmful
         interference is caused to Cable Television Relay Service stations, TV STL and TV relay stations, except as
         provided for in § 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels are also shared with certain Private Operational Fixed
         Stations, see § 74.638.

     (e) Communication common carriers in the Local Television Transmission Service (Part 101) may be
         assigned frequencies available to television broadcast station licensees and broadcast network entities
         for the purpose of providing service to television broadcast stations and broadcast network entities,
         respectively.

     (f) TV auxiliary stations licensed to low power TV stations and translator relay stations will be assigned on a
         secondary basis, i.e., subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to other TV auxiliary
         stations assigned to TV broadcast stations, or to cable television relay service stations (CARS) operating
         between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations licensed to low power TV stations and translator relay
         stations must accept any interference caused by stations having primary use of TV auxiliary frequencies.

     (g) The following frequencies are available for assignment to television STL, television relay stations and
         television translator relay stations. Stations operating on frequencies in the sub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz
         and 19.26–19.3 GHz that were licensed or had applications pending before the Commission as of
         September 18, 1998 may continue those operations on a shared co-primary basis with other services
         under parts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter. Such stations, however, are subject to relocation by
         licensees in the fixed-satellite service. Such relocation is subject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 through
         101.97 of this chapter. No new applications for new licenses will be accepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band
         after June 8, 2000, and no new applications for new licenses will be accepted in the 18.3–18.58 GHz band

47 CFR 74.602(g) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 49 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.602(g)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          after November 19, 2002. The provisions of § 74.604 do not apply to the use of these frequencies.
          Licensees may use either a two-way link or one or both frequencies of a frequency pair for a one-way link
          and shall coordinate proposed operations pursuant to procedures required in § 101.103(d) of this
          chapter.

          (1) 2 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channel:

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                         Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                18141.0                                                                                          n/a

          (2) 6 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                         Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                                                         216 MHz Separation
                18145.0                                                                                          n/a
                18151.0                                                                                     18367.0
                18157.0                                                                                     18373.0
                18163.0                                                                                     18379.0
                18169.0                                                                                     18385.0
                18175.0                                                                                     18391.0
                18181.0                                                                                     18397.0
                18187.0                                                                                     18403.0
                18193.0                                                                                     18409.0
                18199.0                                                                                     18415.0
                18205.0                                                                                     18421.0
                18211.0                                                                                     18427.0
                18217.0                                                                                     18433.0
                18223.0                                                                                     18439.0
                18229.0                                                                                     18445.0
                18235.0                                                                                     18451.0
                18241.0                                                                                     18457.0
                18247.0                                                                                     18463.0
                18253.0                                                                                     18469.0
                18259.0                                                                                     18475.0
                18265.0                                                                                     18481.0
                18271.0                                                                                     18487.0
                18277.0                                                                                     18493.0
                18283.0                                                                                     18499.0
                18289.0                                                                                     18505.0
                18295.0                                                                                     18511.0
                18301.0                                                                                     18517.0
                18307.0                                                                                     18523.0
                18313.0                                                                                     18529.0

47 CFR 74.602(g)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 50 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.602(g)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                          Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                18319.0                                                                                      18535.0
                18325.0                                                                                      18541.0
                18331.0                                                                                      18547.0
                18337.0                                                                                      18553.0
                18343.0                                                                                      18559.0
                18349.0                                                                                      18565.0
                18355.0                                                                                      18571.0
                18361.0                                                                                      18577.0

          (3) 10 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                          Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                                                         1560 MHz Separation
                17705.0                                                                                      19265.0
                17715.0                                                                                      19275.0
                17725.0                                                                                      19285.0
                17735.0                                                                                      19295.0
                17745.0                                                                                      19305.0
                17755.0                                                                                      19315.0
                17765.0                                                                                      19325.0
                17775.0                                                                                      19335.0
                17785.0                                                                                      19345.0
                17795.0                                                                                      19355.0
                17805.0                                                                                      19365.0
                17815.0                                                                                      19375.0
                17825.0                                                                                      19385.0
                17835.0                                                                                      19395.0
                17845.0                                                                                      19405.0
                17855.0                                                                                      19415.0
                17865.0                                                                                      19425.0
                17875.0                                                                                      19435.0
                17885.0                                                                                      19445.0
                17895.0                                                                                      19455.0
                17905.0                                                                                      19465.0
                17915.0                                                                                      19475.0
                17925.0                                                                                      19485.0
                17935.0                                                                                      19495.0
                17945.0                                                                                      19505.0
                17955.0                                                                                      19515.0
                17965.0                                                                                      19525.0

47 CFR 74.602(g)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 51 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 74.602(g)(4)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                          Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                17975.0                                                                                      19535.0
                17985.0                                                                                      19545.0
                17995.0                                                                                      19555.0
                18005.0                                                                                      19565.0
                18015.0                                                                                      19575.0
                18025.0                                                                                      19585.0
                18035.0                                                                                      19595.0
                18045.0                                                                                      19605.0
                18055.0                                                                                      19615.0
                18065.0                                                                                      19625.0
                18075.0                                                                                      19635.0
                18085.0                                                                                      19645.0
                18095.0                                                                                      19655.0
                18105.0                                                                                      19665.0
                18115.0                                                                                      19675.0
                18125.0                                                                                      19685.0
                18135.0                                                                                      19695.0

          (4) 20 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                             Transmit (receive) (MHz)                          Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                                                         1560 MHz Separation
                17710.0                                                                                      19270.0
                17730.0                                                                                      19290.0
                17750.0                                                                                      19310.0
                17770.0                                                                                      19330.0
                17790.0                                                                                      19350.0
                17810.0                                                                                      19370.0
                17830.0                                                                                      19390.0
                17850.0                                                                                      19410.0
                17870.0                                                                                      19430.0
                17890.0                                                                                      19450.0
                17910.0                                                                                      19470.0
                17930.0                                                                                      19490.0
                17950.0                                                                                      19510.0
                17970.0                                                                                      19530.0
                17990.0                                                                                      19550.0
                18010.0                                                                                      19570.0
                18030.0                                                                                      19590.0
                18050.0                                                                                      19610.0

47 CFR 74.602(g)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 52 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.602(g)(5)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                               Transmit (receive) (MHz)                         Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                 18070.0                                                                                      19630.0
                 18090.0                                                                                      19650.0
                 18110.0                                                                                      19670.0
                 18130.0                                                                                      19690.0

           (5) 40 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                               Transmit (receive) (MHz)                         Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                                                          1560 MHz Separation
                 17720.0                                                                                      19280.0
                 17760.0                                                                                      19320.0
                 17800.0                                                                                      19360.0
                 17840.0                                                                                      19400.0
                 17880.0                                                                                      19440.0
                 17920.0                                                                                      19480.0
                 17960.0                                                                                      19520.0
                 18000.0                                                                                      19560.0
                 18040.0                                                                                      19600.0
                 18080.0                                                                                      19640.0
                 18120.0                                                                                      19680.0

           (6) 80 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:

                               Transmit (receive) (MHz)                         Receive (transmit) (MHz)
                                                          1560 MHz Separation
                 17740.0                                                                                      19300.0
                 17820.0                                                                                      19380.0
                 17900.0                                                                                      19460.0
                 17980.0                                                                                      19540.0
                 18060.0                                                                                      19620.0

     (h) TV STL, TV relay stations, and TV translator relay stations may be authorized to operate fixed point-to-
         point service on the UHF TV channels 14–69 on a secondary basis and subject to the provisions of
         subpart G of this part:

           (1) Applications for authorization in accordance with this paragraph must comply with the following
               technical limits or be accompanied by an engineering analysis demonstrating why these limits must
               be exceeded:

                 (i)   Maximum EIRP is limited to 35 dBW;

                 (ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidth is limited to 25 degrees (measured at the 3 dB points); and

                (iii) Vertical polarization is used.

47 CFR 74.602(h)(1)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 53 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 74.602(h)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (2) These stations must not interfere with and must accept interference from current and future full-
              power UHF-TV stations, LPTV stations, and translator stations. They will also be secondary to land
              mobile stations in areas where land mobile sharing is currently permitted.

          (3) TV STL and TV relay stations licensed for operation on UHF TV channels 52–69 based on
              applications filed before April 16, 2003, may continue to operate under the terms of their current
              authorizations until the end of transition to digital television in their market (DTV Transition), as set
              forth in §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chapter. Applications for TV STL and TV relay stations
              operating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will not be accepted for filing on or after April 16, 2003.

          (4) TV translator relay stations licensed for operation on UHF TV channels 52–59 based on applications
              filed before the end of DTV transition may continue to operate under the terms of their current
              authorizations indefinitely. TV translator relay stations licensed for operation on UHF TV channels
              60–69 based on applications filed before the end of DTV transition may continue to operate under
              the terms of their current authorizations until the end of DTV Transition. Applications for TV
              translator relay stations operating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will not be accepted for filing on or
              after the end of DTV Transition.

          (5)

                (i)   The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station that operates on
                      frequencies in the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part 27 of this chapter
                      must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the post-auction transition
                      period as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, or TV
                      translator relay station may be required to cease operations on a date earlier than the end of
                      the post-auction transition period if it receives a notification pursuant to paragraph (h)(5)(ii) of
                      this section.

                (ii) A wireless licensee assigned to frequencies in the 600 MHz band under part 27 of this chapter
                     must notify the licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station of its intent
                     to commence operations, as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter, and the likelihood of harmful
                     interference from the TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station to those operations
                     within the wireless licensee's licensed geographic service area.

                      (A) The wireless licensee must:

                           (1) Notify the licensee of the TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station in the
                               form of a letter, via certified mail, return receipt requested; and

                           (2) Send such notification not less than 30 days in advance of the approximate date of
                               commencement of such operations.

                      (B) The licensee of the TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station must cease the
                          subject operation within 30 days of receiving the notification pursuant to this section.

                (iii) By the end of the post-auction transition period, all TV STL, TV relay station and TV translator
                      relay station licensees must modify or cancel their authorizations and vacate the 600 MHz
                      band. Applications for TV STL, TV relay and TV translator relay stations in the 600 MHz band
                      will not be accepted for filing on or after the end date for the post-auction transition period.

          (6) The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, or TV translator relay station that operates on the UHF
              spectrum that is reserved for guard band channels as a result of the broadcast television incentive
              auction conducted under section 6403 of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012

47 CFR 74.602(h)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 54 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.602(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (Pub. L. 112–96) must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the post-
                auction transition period as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay
                station, or TV translator relay station may be required to cease operations on a date earlier than the
                end of the post-auction transition period if it receives a notification pursuant to paragraph (h)(5)(ii) of
                this section.

     (i)   6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only. Paired and un-paired operations permitted. Use of this spectrum for
           direct delivery of video programs to the general public or multi-channel cable distribution is not permitted.
           This band is co-equally shared with mobile stations licensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of this chapter.
           The following channel plans apply.

           (1) 1 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.

                               Transmit (or receive MHz)                        Receive (or transmit) (MHz)
                 6425.5                                             6475.5
                 6450.5                                             6500.5

           (2) 8 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.

                               Transmit (or receive MHz)                        Receive (or transmit) (MHz)
                 6430.0                                             6480.0
                 6438.0                                             6488.0
                 6446.0                                             6496.0
                 6455.0                                             6505.0
                 6463.0                                             6513.0
                 6471.0                                             6521.0

           (3) 25 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.

             Transmit (or receive MHz)                           Receive (or transmit (MHz)
 6437.5                                               6487.5
 6462.5                                               6512.5

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 74.602, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 74.603 Sound channels.
     (a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a) may be used for the simultaneous transmission of the picture and
         sound portions of TV broadcast programs and for cue and order circuits, either by means of multiplexing
         or by the use of a separate transmitter within the same channel. When multiplexing of a TV STL station is
         contemplated, consideration should be given to the requirements of § 73.687 of this Chapter regarding

47 CFR 74.603(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 55 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.603(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          the overall system performance requirements. Applications for new TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay and TV
          translator relay stations shall clearly indicate the nature of any mutliplexing proposed. Multiplexing
          equipment may be installed on licensed equipment without authority of the FCC, provided the installation
          of such apparatus on a TV STL station shall not result in degradation of the overall system performance
          of the TV broadcast station below that permitted by § 73.687 of this chapter.

     (b) [Reserved]

     (c) Aural STL or intercity relay stations licensed as of July 10, 1970, to operate in the frequency band
         942–947 MHz, may continue to so operate pending a decision as to their disposition through a future rule
         making proceeding.

     (d) Remote pickup broadcast stations may be used in conjunction with television pickup stations for the
         transmission of the aural portion of television programs or events that occur outside a television studio
         and for the transmission of cues, orders, and other related communications necessary thereto. The rules
         governing remote pickup broadcast stations are contained in Subpart D of this part.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1, 1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.604 Interference avoidance.
     (a) [Reserved]

     (b) Where two or more licensees are assigned a common channel for TV pickup, TV STL, or TV relay
         purposes in the same area and simultaneous operation is contemplated, they shall take such steps as
         may be necessary to avoid mutual interference, including consultation with the local coordination
         committee, if one exists. If a mutual agreement to this effect cannot be reached, the Commission must be
         notified and it will take such action as may be necessary, including time sharing arrangements, to assure
         an equitable distribution of available frequencies.

     (c) For those interference disputes brought to the Commission for resolution, TV broadcast auxiliary channels
         will have the following priority for purposes of interference protection:

           (1) All fixed links for full service broadcast stations and cable systems.

           (2) TV and CARS pickup stations.

           (3) Fixed or mobile stations serving translator or low power TV stations.

           (4) Backup facilities; TV pickup stations used outside a licensee's local service area.

           (5) Any transmission, pursuant to § 74.631(f), that does not involve the delivery of program material to a
               licensee's associated TV broadcast station.

     (d) Interference between two stations having the same priority shall be resolved in favor of the station
         licensed first on a particular path.

[48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.605 Registration of stationary television pickup receive sites.
Licensees of TV pickup stations in the 6875–7125 MHz and 12700–13200 MHz bands shall register their stationary
receive sites using the Commission's Universal Licensing System.

47 CFR 74.605 (enhanced display)                                                                               page 56 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.631
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[76 FR 59571, Sept. 27, 2011]

§ 74.631 Permissible service.
     (a) The licensee of a television pickup station authorizes the transmission of program material, orders
         concerning such program material, and related communications necessary to the accomplishment of
         such transmissions, from the scenes of events occurring in places other than a television studio, to its
         associated television broadcast station, to an associated television relay station, to such other stations as
         are broadcasting the same program material, or to the network or networks with which the television
         broadcast station is affiliated. Television pickup stations may be operated in conjunction with other
         television broadcast stations not aformentioned in this paragraph: Provided, That the transmissions by
         the television pickup station are under the control of the licensee of the television pickup station and that
         such operation shall not exceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day period. Television pickup stations may be
         used to provide temporary studio-transmitter links or intercity relay circuits consistent with § 74.632
         without further authority of the Commission: Provided, however, That prior Commission authority shall be
         obtained if the transmitting antenna to be installed will increase the height of any natural formation or
         man-made structure by more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and will be in existence for a period of more than 2
         consecutive days.

           Note: As used in this subpart, “associated television broadcast station” means a television
           broadcast station licensed to the licensee of the television auxiliary broadcast station and with
           which the television auxiliary station is licensed as an auxiliary facility.

     (b) A television broadcast STL station is authorized to transmit visual program material between the studio
         and the transmitter of a television broadcast station for simultaneous or delayed broadcast.

     (c) A TV relay station is authorized to transmit visual program material between TV broadcast stations for
         simultaneous or delayed broadcast, or may be used to transmit visual program material from a remote
         pickup receiver site of a single station.

     (d) The transmitter of an STL, TV relay station or TV translator relay station may be multiplexed to provide
         additional communication channels. A TV broadcast STL or TV relay station will be authorized only in
         those cases where the principal use is the transmission of television broadcast program material for use
         by its associated TV broadcast station. However, STL or TV relay stations so licensed may be operated at
         any time for the transmission of multiplexed communications whether or not visual program material is
         being transmitted, provided that such operation does not cause harmful interference to TV broadcast
         pickup, STL or TV relay stations transmitting television broadcast program material.

     (e) Except as provided in paragraphs (a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, all program material transmitted over a
         TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station shall be used by or intended for use by a TV broadcast station owned
         by or under the common control of the licensee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station. Program
         material transmitted over a TV pickup, STL or TV relay station and so used by the licensee of such facility
         may, with the permission of the licensee of the broadcast auxiliary facility, be used by other TV broadcast
         stations and by non-broadcast closed circuit educational TV systems operated by educational
         institutions.

     (f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, or TV relay station may be used for the transmission of material to be used
         by others, including but not limited to other broadcast stations, cable television systems, and educational
         institutions. This use shall not interfere with the use of these broadcast auxiliary facilities for the

47 CFR 74.631(f) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 57 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.631(g)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           transmission of programs and associated material intended to be used by the television station or
           stations licensed to or under common control of the licensee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station.
           This use of the broadcast auxiliary facilities must not cause harmful interference to broadcast auxiliary
           stations operating in accordance with the basic frequency allocation, and the licensee of the TV pickup,
           STL, or TV relay station must retain exclusive control over the operation of the facilities. Prior to operating
           pursuant to the provisions of this section, the licensee shall, for the intended location or area-of-operation,
           notify the appropriate frequency coordination committee or any licensee(s) assigned the use of the
           proposed operating frequency, concerning the particulars of the intended operation and must provide the
           name and telephone number of a person who may be contacted in the event of interference.

     (g) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, a television translator relay station is authorized for
         the purpose of relaying the programs and signals of a television broadcast station to television broadcast
         translator stations for simultaneous retransmission.

     (h) A TV microwave booster station is authorized to retransmit the signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or
         TV translator relay station.

     (i)   TV broadcast auxiliary stations authorized pursuant to this subpart may additionally be authorized to
           supply programs and signals of TV broadcast stations to cable television systems or CARS stations.
           Where the licensee of a TV broadcast auxiliary station supplies programs and signals to cable television
           systems or CARS stations, the TV auxiliary licensee must have exclusive control over the operation of the
           TV auxiliary stations licensed to it. Contributions to capital and operating expenses may be accepted only
           on a cost-sharing, non-profit basis, prorated on an equitable basis among all parties being supplied with
           program material.

     (j)   A broadcast network-entity may use television auxiliary service stations to transmit their own television
           program materials to broadcast stations, other broadcast network-entities, cable systems and cable
           network-entities: Provided, however, that the bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and 6875–7125
           MHz may be used by broadcast network-entities only for television pick-up stations.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979;
47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68 FR 12769, Mar.
17, 2003]

§ 74.632 Licensing requirements.
     (a) Licenses for television pickup, television STL, television microwave booster, or television relay stations will
         be issued only to licensees of television broadcast stations, and broadcast network-entities and, further,
         on a secondary basis, to licensees of low power television stations. A separate application is required for
         each fixed station and the application shall be specific with regard to the frequency requested. A mobile
         station license may be issued for any number of mobile transmitters to operate in a specific area or
         frequency band and the applicant shall be specific with regard to the frequencies requested.

     (b) A license for a TV relay station may be issued in any case where the circuit will operate between TV
         broadcast stations either by means of “off-the-air” pickup and relay or location of the initial relay station at
         the studio or transmitter of a TV broadcast station.

     (c) An application for a new TV pickup station shall designate the TV broadcast station with which it is to be
         operated and specify the area in which the proposed operation is intended. The maximum permissible
         area of operation will generally be that of a standard metropolitan area, unless a special showing is made
         that a larger area is necessary.

47 CFR 74.632(c) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 58 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.632(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (d) Licensees who have two or more TV broadcast stations located in different cities shall, in applying for a
         new TV pickup station, designate the TV broadcast station in conjunction with which it is to be operated
         principally. Operation in a city which is not the city of license of the associated TV broadcast station is on
         a secondary, non-interference basis to home-city users.

     (e) A license for a TV translator relay station will be issued only to licensees of low power TV and TV
         translator stations. However, a television translator relay station license may be issued to a cooperative
         enterprise wholly owned by licensees of television broadcast translators or licensees of television
         broadcast translators and cable television owners or operators upon a showing that the applicant is
         qualified under the Communication Act of 1934, as amended.

     (f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, and TV translator relay stations may be authorized to operate
         one or more TV microwave booster stations for the purpose of relaying signals over a path that cannot be
         covered with a single station.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48
FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9,
1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 41548, Sept. 1, 2017]

§ 74.633 Temporary authorizations.
     (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for TV broadcast auxiliary station operation which cannot be
         conducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such authority will normally be granted only for operations of a
         temporary nature. Where operation is seen as likely on a continuing annual basis, an application for a
         regular authorization should be submitted.

     (b) A request for special temporary authority for the operation of a television broadcast auxiliary station must
         be made in accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

     (c) All requests for special temporary authority of a television broadcast auxiliary station must include full
         particulars including: licensee's name and address, facility identification number of the associated
         broadcast station(s) (if any), call letters of the television broadcast STL or intercity relay station (if
         assigned), type and manufacturer of equipment, effective isotropic radiated power, emission, frequency or
         frequencies proposed for use, commencement and termination date and location of the proposed
         operation, and purpose for which request is made including any particular justification.

     (d) A request for special temporary authority shall specify a channel or channels consistent with the
         provisions of § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of events of wide-spread interest and importance which
         cannot be transmitted successfully on these frequencies, frequencies assigned to other services may be
         requested upon a showing that operation thereon will not cause interference to established stations: And
         provided further, That in no case will a television auxiliary broadcast operation be authorized on
         frequencies employed for the safety of life and property.

     (e) When the transmitting equipment utilized is not licensed to the user, the user shall nevertheless have full
         control over the use of the equipment during the period it is operated.

     (f) Special temporary authority to permit operation of a TV auxiliary broadcast station of any class pending
         FCC action on an application for regular authority will not normally be granted.

(Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 318)

47 CFR 74.633(f) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 59 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.634
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52
FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.634 Remote control operation.
     (a) A TV auxiliary station may be operated by remote control provided that such operation is conducted in
         accordance with the conditions listed below:

           (1) The remote control system must be designed, installed, and protected so that the transmitter can
               only be activated or controlled by persons authorized by the licensee.

           (2) The remote control equipment must be maintained to ensure proper operation.

           (3) The remote control system must be designed to prevent inadvertent transmitter operation caused by
               malfunctions in the circuits between the control point and transmitter.

     (b) The FCC may notify the licensee to cease or modify operation in the case of frequency usage disputes.
         interference or similar situations where such action appears to be in the public interest, convenience and
         necessity.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.635 Unattended operation.
     (a) TV relay stations, TV translator relay stations, TV STL stations, and TV microwave booster stations may
         be operated unattended under the following conditions:

           (1) The transmitter must be provided with adequate safeguards to prevent improper operation.

           (2) The transmitter shall be so installed and protected that it is not accessible to other than duly
               authorized persons;

           (3) TV relay stations, TV STL stations, TV translator relay stations, and TV microwave booster stations
               used with these stations, shall be observed at the receiving end of the microwave circuit as often as
               necessary to ensure proper station operation by a person designated by the licensee, who must
               institute measures sufficient to ensure prompt correction of any condition of improper operation.
               However, an STL station (and any TV microwave booster station) associated with a TV broadcast
               station operated by remote control may be observed by monitoring the TV station's transmitted
               signal at the remote control point. Additionally, a TV translator relay station (and any associated TV
               microwave booster station) may be observed by monitoring the associated TV translator station's
               transmitted signal.

     (b) The FCC may notify the licensee to cease or modify operation in the case of frequency usage disputes,
         interference or similar situations where such action appears to be in the public interest, convenience and
         necessity.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49
FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985]

47 CFR 74.635(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 60 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.636
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.636 Power limitations.
     (a) On any authorized frequency, transmitter peak output power and the average power delivered to an
         antenna in this service must be the minimum amount of power necessary to carry out the
         communications desired and shall not exceed the values listed in the following table. Application of this
         principle includes, but is not to be limited to, requiring a licensee who replaces one or more of its
         antennas with larger antennas to reduce its antenna input power by an amount appropriate to
         compensate for the increased primary lobe gain of the replacement antenna(s). In no event shall the
         average equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic radiator, exceed the
         values specified in the following table. In cases of harmful interference, the Commission may, after notice
         and opportunity for hearing, order a change in the effective radiated power of this station. The table
         follows:

                                            Maximum allowable transmitter power      Maximum allowable EIRP2
               Frequency band (MHz)
                                                        Mobile (W)                  Fixed (dBW)   Mobile (dBW)
           2,025 to 2,110                                                    12.0          + 45            + 35
           2,450 to 2,483.5                                                  12.0          + 45            + 35
           6,425 to 6,525                                                    12.0                          + 35
           6,875 to 7,125                                                    12.0          + 55            + 35
           12,700 to 13,250                                                   1.5          + 55            + 45
           17,700 to 18,600                                                                + 55
           18,600 to     18,8001                                                           + 35
           18,800 to 19,700                                                                + 55

           1   The power delivered to the antenna is limited to −3 dBW.

           2 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding
           those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their
           current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal.

     (b) The EIRP of transmitters that use Automatic Transmitter Power Control (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP
         specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall be maintained as near as
         practicable to the EIRP specified on the station authorization.

[68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations.
     (a) The mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the mean transmitter power (PMEAN) in
         accordance with the following schedule:

           (1) When using frequency modulation:

                   (i)   On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 50% up to and
                         including 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference bandwidth
                         (BREF);

47 CFR 74.637(a)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                page 61 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.637(a)(1)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (ii) On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 100% up to and
                     including 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference
                     bandwidth;

                (iii) On any frequency removed from the assigned (center) frequency by more than 250% of the
                      authorized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 log10 (PMEAN in watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the
                      lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz reference bandwidth.

          (2) When using transmissions employing digital modulation techniques:

                (i)   For operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center
                      frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
                      including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in
                      no event less than 50 decibels:

                      A = 35 + 0.8 (G − 50) + 10 Log10 B.

                      (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is not required.)
                Where:

                A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean output power level.

                G = Percent removed from the carrier frequency.

                B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz.

                (ii) For operating frequencies above 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center
                     frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
                     including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in
                     no event less than 11 decibels:

                      A = 11 + 0.4 (G−50) + 10 Log10 B.

                      (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is not required.)
                (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the
                      assigned frequency by more than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10
                      Log10 (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

          (3) Amplitude Modulation. For vestigial sideband AM video: On any frequency removed from the center
              frequency of the authorized band by more than 50%: at least 50 dB below peak power of the
              emission.

     (b) For all emissions not covered in paragraph (a) of this section, the peak power of emissions shall be
         attenuated below the peak envelope transmitter power (PPEAK) in accordance with the following schedule:

          (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the channel edge up to and including 2500 Hz outside the same
              edge, the following formula will apply:

                A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 − (W/2)]2] dB

                (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is not required.)

47 CFR 74.637(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 62 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.637(b)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          Where:

          A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak envelope transmitter power.

          D = The displacement frequency (kHz) from the center of the authorized bandwidth.

          W = the channel bandwidth (kHz).

          (2) On any frequency removed from the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: At least 43 + 10 Log10
              (PPEAK in watts) dB.

     (c) For purposes of compliance with the emission limitation requirements of this section:

          (1) If the transmitter modulates a single carrier, digital modulation techniques are considered as being
              employed when digital modulation occupies 50 percent or more of the total peak frequency
              deviation of a transmitted radio frequency carrier. The total peak frequency deviation will be
              determined by adding the deviation produced by the digital modulation signal and the deviation
              produced by any frequency division multiplex (FDM) modulation used. The deviation (D) produced by
              the FDM signal must be determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) of this chapter.

          (2) If the transmitter modulates two or more carriers, with at least one using digital modulation and one
              using frequency or other analog modulation, digital modulation techniques are considered as being
              employed when the necessary bandwidth of the digital signal(s) is 50 percent or more of the
              aggregate bandwidth of the system, comprising the digital necessary bandwidth(s), the analog
              necessary bandwidth(s), and any bandwidth(s) between the digital and analog necessary
              bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate bandwidth shall be used for the authorized bandwidth (B) in
              paragraph (a) of this section, and for purposes of compliance with the bandwidth limitations in
              paragraph (g) of this section and in § 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of the powers of the
              analog and digital signals shall be used for mean transmitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) or the
              peak envelope transmitter power (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, and for purposes of
              compliance with the power limitations in § 74.636 of this subpart.

          (3) For demonstrating compliance with the attenuation requirements for frequency modulation and
              digital modulation in paragraph (a) of this section, the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the measuring
              equipment used for measurements removed from the center frequency by more than 250 percent of
              the authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, and 1 MHz for
              operating frequencies above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth for frequencies removed from the
              center frequency by less than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth shall be the reference
              bandwidth (BREF) specified in the individual emission limitations, but may be reduced to not less than
              one percent of the authorized bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the nearest greater resolution
              bandwidth available on the measuring equipment. In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not equal, then
              the attenuation requirement must be increased (or decreased) as determined by a factor of 10 log10
              [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in megahertz)] decibels, where a positive factor indicates an increase in
              the attenuation requirement and a negative factor indicates a decrease in the attenuation
              requirement.

          (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, using equipment not
              conforming with the emission limitations specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in
              accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. Existing
              equipment and equipment of product lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via

47 CFR 74.637(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 63 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.637(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

               certification or Declaration of Conformity before March 17, 2005, for equipment not conforming to
               the emission limitations requirements specified above, may continue to be manufactured and/or
               marketed, but may not be authorized for use under a station license except at stations licensed
               pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-conforming equipment authorized
               under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by conforming
               equipment.

                Note 1 to paragraph (c)(4): The Declaration of Conformity procedure has been replaced by
                Supplier's Declaration of Conformity. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

     (d) In the event that interference to other stations is caused by emissions outside the authorized channel, the
         FCC may require greater attenuation than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

     (e) The following limitations also apply to the operation of TV microwave booster stations:

          (1) The booster station must receive and amplify the signals of the originating station and retransmit
              them on the same frequency without significantly altering them in any way. The characteristics of the
              booster transmitter output signal shall meet the requirements applicable to the signal of the
              originating station.

          (2) The licensee is responsible for correcting any condition of interference that results from the radiation
              of radio frequency energy outside the assigned channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the station
              licensee that interference is being caused, operation of the apparatus must be immediately
              suspended and may not be resumed until the interference has been eliminated or it can be
              demonstrated that the interference is not due to spurious emissions. However, short term test
              transmissions may be made during the period of suspended operation to determine the efficacy of
              remedial measures.

          (3) In each instance where suspension of operation is required, the licensee must submit a full report to
              the FCC after operation is resumed. The report must contain details of the nature of the interference,
              the source of interfering signals, and the remedial steps taken to eliminate the interference.

     (f) In the event a station's emissions outside its authorized channel cause harmful interference, the
         Commission may require the licensee to take such further steps as may be necessary to eliminate the
         interference.

     (g) The maximum bandwidth which will be authorized per frequency assignment is set out in the table which
         follows. Regardless of the maximum authorized bandwidth specified for each frequency band, the
         Commission reserves the right to issue a license for less than the maximum bandwidth if it appears that
         less bandwidth would be sufficient to support an applicant's intended communications.

47 CFR 74.637(g) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 64 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.638
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                     Table 1 to Paragraph (g)

        Frequency Band (MHz)                           Maximum authorized bandwidth (MHz)
 1,990 to 2,110                           18
 6,425 to 6,525                           25
 6,875 to 7,125                           25
 12,700 to 13,250                         25
 17,700 to 19,700                         80

[45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48 FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984;
50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 51251, Oct.
1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017]

§ 74.638 Frequency coordination.
     (a) Coordination of all frequency assignments for fixed stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile
         (temporary fixed) stations in the bands 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be in accordance with
         the procedure established in paragraph (b) of this section, except that the prior coordination process for
         mobile (temporary fixed) assignments may be completed orally and the period allowed for response to a
         coordination notification may be less than 30 days if the parties agree. Coordination of all frequency
         assignments for all mobile (temporary fixed) stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, except the bands
         6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in accordance with the procedure established in
         paragraph (b) of this section or with the procedure in paragraph (d) of this section. Coordination of all
         frequency assignments for all fixed stations in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be in accordance with the
         procedure established in paragraph (c) of this section. Coordination of all frequency assignments for all
         mobile (temporary fixed) stations in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be conducted in accordance with the
         procedure in paragraph (d) of this section.

     (b) For each frequency coordinated under this paragraph, the interference protection criteria in 47 CFR
         101.105(a), (b), and (c) and the frequency usage coordination procedures in 47 CFR 101.103(d) will apply.

     (c) For each frequency coordinated under this paragraph, the following frequency usage coordination
         procedures will apply:

           (1) General requirements. Applicants are responsible for selecting the frequency assignments that are
               least likely to result in mutual interference with other licensees in the same area. Applicants may
               consult local frequency coordination committees, where they exist, for information on frequencies
               available in the area. Proposed frequency usage must be coordinated with existing licensees and
               applicants in the area whose facilities could affect or be affected by the new proposal in terms of
               frequency interference on active channels, applied-for channels, or channels coordinated for future
               growth. Coordination must be completed prior to filing an application for regular authorization, for
               major amendment to a pending application, or for major modification to a license.

           (2) To be acceptable for filing, all applications for regular authorization, or major amendment to a
               pending application, or major modification to a license, must include a certification attesting that all
               co-channel and adjacent-channel licensees and applicants potentially affected by the proposed fixed
               use of the frequency(ies) have been notified and are in agreement that the proposed facilities can be
               installed without causing harmful interference to those other licensees and applicants.

47 CFR 74.638(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 65 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.638(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (d) For each frequency coordinated under this paragraph, applicants are responsible for selecting the
         frequency assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference with other licensees in the
         same area. Applicants may consult local frequency coordination committees, where they exist, for
         information on frequencies available in the area. In selecting frequencies, consideration should be given
         to the relative location of receive points, normal transmission paths, and the nature of the contemplated
         operation.

[68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 17061, Apr. 5, 2010]

§ 74.641 Antenna systems.
     (a) For fixed stations operating above 2025 MHz, the following standards apply:

           (1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary stations shall use directional antennas that meet the performance
               standards indicated in the following table. Upon adequate showing of need to serve a larger sector,
               or more than a single sector, greater beamwidth or multiple antennas may be authorized. Applicants
               shall request, and authorization for stations in this service will specify, the polarization of each
               transmitted signal. Booster station antennas having narrower beamwidths and reduced sidelobe
               radiation may be required in congested areas, or to resolve interference problems.

                 (i)   Stations must employ an antenna that meets the performance standards for Category B. In
                       areas subject to frequency congestion, where proposed facilities would be precluded by
                       continued use of a Category B antenna, a Category A antenna must be employed. The
                       Commission may require the use of a high performance antenna where interference problems
                       can be resolved by the use of such antennas.

                 (ii) Licensees shall comply with the antenna standards table shown in this paragraph in the
                      following manner:

                       (A) With either the maximum beamwith to 3 dB points requirement or with the minimum
                           antenna gain requirement; and

                       (B) With the minimum radiation suppression to angle requirement.

47 CFR 74.641(a)(1)(ii)(B) (enhanced display)                                                          page 66 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.641(a)(1)(ii)(B)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                                          Antenna Standards

                                                                                                        Minimum radiation suppression to angle in degrees from centerline of main
    Frequency             Maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points1 (included angle in   Minimum antenna gain                              beam in decibels
                 Category
      (MHz)                                  degrees)                                   (dbi)           5° to    10° to    15° to     20° to     30° to       100° to      140° to
                                                                                                        10°       15°       20°        30°       100°          140°         180°
1,990 to 2,110          A                                                  5.0                    n/a       12        18        22         25         29            33           39
                        B                                                  8.0                    n/a        5        18        20         20         25            28           36
6,875 to 7,125          A                                                  1.5                    n/a       26        29        32         34         38            41           49
                        B                                                  2.0                    n/a       21        25        29         32         35            39           45
12,700 to               A                                                  1.0                    n/a       23        28        35         39         41            42           50
13,250                  B                                                  2.0                    n/a       20        25        28         30         32            37           47
17,700 to               A                                                  2.2                     38       25        29        33         36         42            55           55
19,700                  B                                                  2.2                     38       20        24        28         32         35            36           36
1If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation
planes.

47 CFR 74.641(a)(1)(ii)(B) (enhanced display)                                                                                                                       page 67 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.641(a)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (2) New periscope antenna systems will be authorized upon a certification that the radiation, in a
               horizontal plane, from an illuminating antenna and reflector combination meets or exceeds the
               antenna standards of this section. This provision similarly applies to passive repeaters employed to
               redirect or repeat the signal from a station's directional antenna system.

           (3) The choice of receiving antennas is left to the discretion of the licensee. However, licensees will not
               be protected from interference which results from the use of antennas with poorer performance than
               identified in the table of this section.

           (4) [Reserved]

           (5) Pickup stations are not subject to the performance standards herein stated.

     (b) All fixed stations are to use antenna systems in conformance with the standards of this section. TV
         auxiliary broadcast stations are considered to be located in an area subject to frequency congestion and
         must employ a Category A antenna when:

           (1) A showing by an applicant of a new TV auxiliary broadcast station or Cable Television Relay Service
               (CARS) station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHz band with TV auxiliary broadcast, indicates that
               use of a category B antenna limits a proposed project because of interference, and

           (2) That use of a category A antenna will remedy the interference thus allowing the project to be
               realized.

     (c) As an exception to the provisions of this section, the FCC may approve requests for use of periscope
         antenna systems where a persuasive showing is made that no frequency conflicts exist in the area of
         proposed use. Such approvals shall be conditioned to a standard antenna as required in paragraph (a) of
         this section when an applicant of a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable Television Relay station indicates
         that the use of the existing antenna system will cause interference and the use of a category A or B
         antenna will remedy the interference.

     (d) As a further exception to the provision of paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission may approve
         antenna systems not conforming to the technical standards where a persuasive showing is made that:

           (1) Indicates in detail why an antenna system complying with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
               section cannot be installed, and

           (2) Includes a statement indicating that frequency coordination as required in § 74.604 (a) was
               accomplished.

[45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985;
51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR 11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3,
1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.643 Interference to geostationary-satellites.
Applicants and licensees must comply with § 101.145 of this chapter to minimize the potential of interference to
geostationary-satellites.

[68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

47 CFR 74.643 (enhanced display)                                                                                  page 68 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 74.644
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed links.
     (a) The distance between end points of a fixed link must equal or exceed the value set forth in the table below
         or the EIRP must be reduced in accordance with the equation set forth below.

                          Frequency band                                Minimum path length
                              (MHz)                                           (km)
           Below 1,990                                                                                    n/a
           1,990–7,125                                                                                     17
           12,200–13,250                                                                                     5
           Above 17,700                                                                                   n/a

     (b) For paths shorter than those specified in the Table, the EIRP shall not exceed the value derived from the
         following equation.

          EIRP = MAXEIRP−40 log(A/B) dBW
     Where:

     EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalent isotropically radiated power) in dBW.

     MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth in the Table in § 74.636 of this part.

     A = Minimum path length from the Table above for the frequency band in kilometers.

     B = The actual path length in kilometers.

           Note 1 to paragraph (b): For transmitters using Automatic Transmitter Power Control, EIRP
           corresponds to the maximum transmitter power available, not the coordinated transmit power or
           the nominal transmit power.

           Note 2 to paragraph (b): Stations licensed based on an application filed before April 16, 2003, in
           the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may continue to
           operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic
           renewal.

     (c) Upon an appropriate technical showing, applicants and licensees unable to meet the minimum path length
         requirement may be granted an exception to these requirements.

           Note: Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, are excluded from this requirement, except that,
           effective April 1, 1992, the Commission will require compliance with the criteria where an existing
           link would otherwise preclude establishment of a new link.

[52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

47 CFR 74.644(c) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 69 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.651
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.651 Equipment changes.
     (a) Modifications may be made to an existing authorization in accordance with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this
         chapter.

     (b) Multiplexing equipment may be installed on any licensed TV broadcast STL, TV relay or translator relay
         station without authority from the Commission.

     (c) Permissible changes in equipment operating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 GHz.
         Notwithstanding other provisions of this section, licensees of stations that remain co-primary under the
         provisions of § 74.602(g) may not make modifications to their systems that increase interference to
         satellite earth stations, or result in a facility that would be more costly to relocate.

[28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58
FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17,
2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, 2003]

§ 74.655 Authorization of equipment.
     (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all transmitting equipment first marketed for use under
         this subpart or placed into service after October 1, 1981, must be authorized under the certification
         procedure or Declaration of Conformity procedure, as detailed in paragraph (f) of this section. Equipment
         which is used at a station licensed prior to October 1, 1985, which has not been authorized as detailed in
         paragraph (f) of this section, may continue to be used by the licensee or its successors or assignees,
         provided that if operation of such equipment causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply with
         the technical standards set forth in this subpart, the FCC may, at its discretion, require the licensee to take
         such corrective action as is necessary to eliminate the interference. However, such equipment may not be
         further marketed or reused under part 74 after October 1, 1985.

           Note 1 to paragraph (a): The verification procedure has been replaced by Supplier's Declaration of
           Conformity. Equipment previously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this chapter may remain
           in use. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

     (b) Certification or Supplier's Declaration of Conformity is not required for transmitters used in conjunction
         with TV pickup stations operating with a peak output power not greater than 250 mW. Pickup stations
         operating in excess of 250 mW licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing prior to October 1,
         1980 may continue operation subject to periodic renewal. If operation of such equipment causes harmful
         interference the FCC may, at its discretion, require the licensee to take such corrective action as is
         necessary to eliminate the interference.

     (c) The license of a TV auxiliary station may replace transmitting equipment with authorized equipment, as
         detailed under paragraph (f) of this section, without prior FCC approval, provided the proposed changes
         will not depart from any of the terms of the station or system authorization or the Commission's technical
         rules governing this service, and also provided that any changes made to authorized transmitting
         equipment is in compliance with the provisions of part 2 of this chapter concerning modifications to
         authorized equipment.

     (d) Any manufacturer of a transmitter to be used in this service may authorize the equipment under the
         certification or Supplier's Declaration of Conformity procedures, as appropriate, following the procedures
         set forth in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter.
47 CFR 74.655(d) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 70 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.655(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

       (e) An applicant for a TV broadcast auxiliary station may also authorize an individual transmitter, as specified
           in paragraph (f) of this section, by following the procedures set forth in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter.

       (f) Transmitters designed to be used exclusively for a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay station, a TV
           translator relay station, or a TV microwave booster station, shall be authorized under Supplier's
           Declaration of Conformity. All other transmitters will be authorized under the certification procedure.

[63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017]

§ 74.661 Frequency tolerance.
Stations in this service shall maintain the carrier frequency of each authorized transmitter to within the following
percentage of the assigned frequency.

                                        Table 1 to § 74.661

               Frequency band
                                                                Frequency tolerance (%)
                   (MHz)
 2,025 to 2,110                                                                                    1   0.005
                                                                                                   2
 2,450 to 2,483.5                                                                                      0.001
 6,425 to 6,525                                                                                        0.005
 6,875 to 7,125                                                                                    1   0.005
 12,700 to 13,250                                                                                  1   0.005
 17,700 to 18,820                                                                                      0.003
 18,920 to 19,700                                                                                      0.003

1
    Television translator relay stations shall maintain a frequency tolerance of 0.002%.

2
  Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values
exceeding those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms
of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of
product lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certification or Declaration of
Conformity before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those specified above, may
continue to be manufactured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized for use under station
license except at stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-
conforming equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005,
must be replaced by conforming equipment.

             Note 1 to § 74.661: The Declaration of Conformity procedure has been replaced by Supplier's
             Declaration of Conformity. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

[52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017]

47 CFR 74.661 (enhanced display)                                                                                 page 71 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.662
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.662 Frequency monitors and measurements.
The licensee of a television broadcast auxiliary station must provide means for measuring the operating frequency
in order to ensure that the emissions are confined to the authorized channel.

[48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 74.663 Modulation limits.
If amplitude modulation is employed, negative modulation peaks shall not exceed 100%.

[45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980]

§ 74.682 Station identification.
     (a) Each television broadcast auxiliary station operating with a transmitter output power of 1 watt or more
         must, when actually transmitting programs, transmit station identification at the beginning and end of
         each period of operation, and hourly, as close to the hour as feasible, at a natural break in program
         offerings by one of the following means:

           (1) Transmission of its own call sign by visual or aural means or by automatic transmission in
               international Morse telegraphy.

           (2) Visual or aural transmission of the call sign of the TV broadcast station with which it is licensed as
               an auxiliary.

           (3) Visual or aural transmission of the call sign of the TV broadcast station whose signals are being
               relayed or, where programs are obtained directly from network lines and relayed, the network
               identification.

     (b) Identification transmissions during operation need not be made when to make such transmission would
         interrupt a single consecutive speech, play, religious service, symphony concert, or any type of production.
         In such cases, the identification transmission shall be made at the first interruption of the entertainment
         continuity and at the conclusion thereof.

     (c) During occasions when a television pickup station is being used to deliver program material for network
         distribution it may transmit the network identification in lieu of its own or associated TV station call sign
         during the actual program pickup. However, if it is providing the network feed through its own associated
         TV broadcast station it shall perform the station identification required by paragraph (a) of this section at
         the beginning and end of each period of operation.

     (d) A period of operation is defined as a single uninterrupted transmission or a series of intermittent
         transmissions from a single location or continuous or intermittent transmission from a television pickup
         station covering a single event from various locations, within a single broadcast day.

     (e) Regardless of the method used for station identification it shall be performed in a manner conducive to
         prompt association of the signal source with the responsible licensee. In exercising the discretion
         provided by this rule, licensees are expected to act in a responsible manner to assure that result.

     (f) TV microwave boosters stations will be assigned individual call signs. However, station identification will
         be accomplished by the retransmission of identification as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.

47 CFR 74.682(f) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 72 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.690
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17, 1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44
FR 36041, June 20, 1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984]

§ 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to
emerging technologies.
     (a) New Entrants are collectively defined as those licensees proposing to use emerging technologies to
         implement Mobile Satellite Services in the 2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees), those licensees
         authorized after July 1, 2004 to implement new Fixed and Mobile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band,
         and those licensees authorized after September 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHz
         bands. New entrants may negotiate with Broadcast Auxiliary Service licensees operating on a primary
         basis and fixed service licensees operating on a primary basis in the 1990–2025 MHz band (Existing
         Licensees) for the purpose of agreeing to terms under which the Existing Licensees would relocate their
         operations to the 2025–2110 MHz band, to other authorized bands, or to other media; or, alternatively,
         would discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees in the 1995–2000 MHz and
         2020–2025 MHz bands are subject to the specific relocation procedures adopted in WT Docket 04–356.

     (b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990–2025 MHz band allocated for licensed emerging technology services
         will maintain primary status in the band until the Existing Licensee's operations are relocated by a New
         Entrant, are discontinued under the terms of paragraph (a) of this section, or become secondary under the
         terms of paragraph (e)(6) of this section or the Existing Licensee indicates to a New Entrant that it
         declines to be relocated.

     (c) The Commission will amend the operating license of the Existing Licensee to secondary status only if the
         following requirements are met:

           (1) The service applicant, provider, licensee, or representative using an emerging technology guarantees
               payment of all relocation costs, including all engineering, equipment, site and FCC fees, as well as
               any reasonable additional costs that the relocated Existing Licensee might incur as a result of
               operation in another authorized band or migration to another medium;

           (2) The New Entrant completes all activities necessary for implementing the replacement facilities,
               including engineering and cost analysis of the relocation procedure and, if radio facilities are used,
               identifying and obtaining, on the incumbents' behalf, new microwave or Local Television
               Transmission Service frequencies and frequency coordination.

           (3) The New Entrant builds the replacement system and tests it for comparability with the existing
               system.

     (d) The Existing Licensee is not required to relocate until the alternative facilities are available to it for a
         reasonable time to make adjustments, determine comparability, and ensure a seamless handoff. If, within
         one year after the relocation to new facilities the Existing Licensee demonstrates that the new facilities
         are not comparable to the former facilities, the New Entrant must remedy the defects.

     (e) Subject to the terms of this paragraph (e), the relocation of Existing Licensees will be carried out by MSS
         licensees in the following manner:

           (1) Existing Licensees and MSS licensees may negotiate individually or collectively for relocation of
               Existing Licensees to one of the channel plans specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter. Parties
               may not decline to negotiate, though Existing Licensees may decline to be relocated.

47 CFR 74.690(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 73 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.690(e)(1)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (i)   MSS licensees may relocate all Existing Licensees in Nielsen Designated Market Areas (DMAs)
                       1–30, as such DMAs existed on September 6, 2000, and all fixed stations operating in the
                       1990–2025 MHz band on a primary basis, except those Existing Licensees that decline
                       relocation. Such relocation negotiations shall be conducted as “mandatory negotiations,” as
                       that term is used in § 101.73 of this chapter. If these parties are unable to reach a negotiated
                       agreement, MSS Licensees may involuntarily relocate such Existing Licensees and fixed
                       stations after December 8, 2004.

                (ii) [Reserved]

                (iii) On the date that the first MSS licensee begins operations in the 2000–2020 MHz band, a one-
                      year mandatory negotiation period begins between MSS licensees and Existing Licensees in
                      Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs existed on September 6, 2000. After the end of the
                      mandatory negotiation period, MSS licensees may involuntary relocate any Existing Licensees
                      with which they have been unable to reach a negotiated agreement. As described elsewhere in
                      this paragraph (e), MSS Licensees are obligated to relocate these Existing Licensees within the
                      specified three- and five-year time periods.

           (2) Before negotiating with MSS licensees, Existing Licensees in Nielsen Designated Market Areas
               where there is a BAS frequency coordinator must coordinate and select a band plan for the market
               area. If an Existing Licensee wishes to operate in the 2025–2110 MHz band using the channels
               A03-A07 as specified in the Table in § 74.602(a) of this part, then all licensees within that Existing
               Licensee's market must agree to such operation and all must operate on a secondary basis to any
               licensee operating on the channel plan specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this part. All negotiations must
               produce solutions that adhere to the market area's band plan.

         (3)–(4) [Reserved]

           (5) As of the date the first MSS licensee begins operations in the 1990–2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees
               must relocate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31–100, as they existed as of September 6, 2000, within
               three years, and in the remaining DMAs, as they existed as of September 6, 2000, within five years.

           (6) On December 9, 2013, all Existing Licensees will become secondary in the 1990–2025 MHz band.
               Upon written demand by any MSS licensee, Existing Licensees must cease operations in the
               1990–2025 MHz band within six months.

[65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8, 2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69
FR 67836, Nov. 22, 2004; 74 FR 29613, June 23, 2009]

Subpart G—Low Power TV and TV Translator Stations
§ 74.701 Definitions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7265, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Television broadcast translator station. A station in the broadcast service operated for the purpose of
         retransmitting the programs and signals of a television broadcast station, without significantly altering
         any characteristic of the original signal other than its frequency and amplitude, for the purpose of
         providing television reception to the general public.

47 CFR 74.701(a) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 74 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.701(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Primary station. The television station which provides the programs and signals being retransmitted by a
         television broadcast translator station.

     (c) Analog to Digital Replacement Translator (DRT). A television translator licensed to a full power television
         station that allows it to restore service to any loss areas that may have occurred as a result of its
         transition from analog to digital.

     (d) Digital to Digital Replacement Translator (DTDRT). A television translator licensed to a full power television
         station that allows it to restore service to any loss areas that may have occurred as a result of the station
         being assigned a new channel pursuant to the Incentive Auction and repacking process.

     (e) [Reserved]

     (f) Low power TV station. A station authorized under the provisions of this subpart that may retransmit the
         programs and signals of a TV broadcast station and that may originate programming in any amount
         greater than 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a subscription service. (See § 73.641 of part 73 of this
         chapter.)

     (g) [Reserved]

     (h) Local origination. Program origination if the parameters of the program source signal, as it reaches the
         transmitter site, are under the control of the low power TV station licensee. Transmission of TV program
         signals generated at the transmitter site constitutes local origination. Local origination also includes
         transmission of programs reaching the transmitter site via TV STL stations, but does not include
         transmission of signals obtained from either terrestrial or satellite microwave feeds or low power TV
         stations.

     (i)   [Reserved]

     (j)   Television broadcast translator station (“TV translator station”). A station operated for the purpose of
           retransmitting the programs and signals of a television broadcast station, without significantly altering
           any characteristic of the original signal other than its frequency, for the purpose of providing television
           reception to the general public.

     (k) Low power TV station (“LPTV station”). A station authorized under the provisions of this subpart that may
         retransmit the programs and signals of a television broadcast station, may originate programming in any
         amount greater than 30 seconds per hour for the purpose of providing television reception to the general
         public and, subject to a minimum video program service requirement, may offer services of an ancillary or
         supplementary nature, including subscription-based services. (See § 74.790.)

     (l)   Digital program origination. For purposes of this part, digital program origination shall be any
           transmissions other than the simultaneous retransmission of the programs and signals of a TV or DTV
           broadcast station or transmissions related to service offerings of an ancillary or supplementary nature.
           Origination shall include locally generated television program signals and program signals obtained via
           video recordings (tapes and discs), microwave, common carrier circuits, or other sources.

    (m) Existing low power television or television translator station. When used in this subpart, the terms existing
        low power television and existing television translator station refer to a low power television station or
        television translator station that is either licensed or has a valid construction permit.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983;
52 FR 7422, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; 87 FR 58202,
Sept. 23, 2022]

47 CFR 74.701(m) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 75 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.702
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.702 Channel assignments.
     (a) An applicant for a new low power TV or TV translator station or for changes in the facilities of an
         authorized station shall endeavor to select a channel on which its operation is not likely to cause
         interference. The applications must be specific with regard to the channel requested. Only one channel
         will be assigned to each station.

           (1) Any one of the 12 standard VHF Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be assigned to a low power TV or
               TV translator station.

           (2) Any one of the UHF Channels from 14 to 36, inclusive, may be assigned to a low power TV or TV
               translator station. In accordance with § 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37 will not be assigned to
               such stations.

     (b) Changes in the Table of TV Allotments (§ 73.622(j) of this chapter), authorizations to construct new full
         power television stations or to authorizations to change facilities of existing such stations, may be made
         without regard to existing or proposed low power TV or TV translator stations. Where such a change
         results in a low power TV or TV translator station causing actual interference to reception of the full
         power television station, the licensee or permittee of the low power TV or TV translator station shall
         eliminate the interference or file an application for a change in channel assignment pursuant to § 73.3572
         of this chapter.

     (c) [Reserved]

[47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18, 1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987;
52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 15344, Mar. 24, 2022; 87 FR 58202,
Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30667, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.703 Interference.
     (a) An application for a new low power TV or TV translator station or for a change in the facilities of such an
         authorized station will not be granted when it is apparent that interference will be caused. Except where
         there is a written agreement between the affected parties to accept interference, or where it can be shown
         that interference will not occur due to terrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice terrain dependent propagation
         methods, the licensee of a new low power TV or TV translator station shall protect existing low power TV
         and TV translator stations from interference within the protected contour defined in § 74.792 and shall
         protect existing Class A TV stations within the protected contours defined in § 73.6010 of this chapter.
         Such written agreement shall accompany the application. Copies of OET Bulletin No. 69 are available for
         inspection through the Federal Communications Commission's Reference Information Center. This
         document is also available on the FCC homepage at https://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/
         bulletins/#69.

     (b) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of a low power TV or TV translator station to correct at its
         expense any condition of interference to the direct reception of the signal of any full-power TV broadcast
         station operating on the same channel as that used by the low power TV or TV translator station or an
         adjacent channel which occurs as a result of the operation of the low power TV or TV translator station.
         Interference will be considered to occur whenever reception of a regularly used signal is impaired by the
         signals radiated by the low power TV or TV translator station, regardless of the quality of the reception or
         the strength of the signal so used. If the interference cannot be promptly eliminated by the application of
         suitable techniques, operation of the offending low power TV or TV translator station shall be suspended
         and shall not be resumed until the interference has been eliminated. If the complainant refuses to permit

47 CFR 74.703(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 76 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.703(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           the low power TV or TV translator station to apply remedial techniques that demonstrably will eliminate
           the interference without impairment of the original reception, the licensee of the low power TV or TV
           translator station is absolved of further responsibility.

     (c) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of a low power TV or TV translator station to correct any
         condition of interference which results from the radiation of radio frequency energy outside its assigned
         channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the station licensee or operator that such interference is caused by
         spurious emissions of the station, operation of the station shall be immediately suspended and not
         resumed until the interference has been eliminated. However, short test transmissions may be made
         during the period of suspended operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures.

     (d) When a low-power TV or TV translator station causes interference to a CATV system by radiations within
         its assigned channel at the cable headend or on the output channel of any system converter located at a
         receiver, the earlier user, whether cable system or low-power TV or TV translator station, will be given
         priority on the channel, and the later user will be responsible for correction of the interference. When a
         low-power TV or TV translator station causes interference to a BRS or EBS system by radiations within its
         assigned channel on the output channel of any system converter located at a receiver, the earlier user,
         whether BRS system or low-power TV or TV translator station, will be given priority on the channel, and the
         later user will be responsible for correction of the interference.

     (e) Low power TV and TV translator stations are being authorized on a secondary basis to existing land
         mobile uses and must correct whatever interference they cause to land mobile stations or cease
         operation.

    (f)–(g) [Reserved]

     (h) In each instance where suspension of operation is required, the licensee shall submit a full report to the
         FCC after operation is resumed containing details of the nature of the interference, the source of the
         interfering signals, and the remedial steps taken to eliminate the interference. This report shall be filed via
         a Resumption of Operations notice in the FCC's Licensing and Management System (LMS).

     (i)   [Reserved]

[47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988;
60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; 69 FR 72045,
Dec. 10, 2004; 85 FR 64408, Oct. 13, 2020; 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 58202, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 21448, Apr. 10, 2023;
88 FR 30667, May 12, 2023]

§§ 74.706-74.708 [Reserved]
§ 74.709 Land mobile station protection.
     (a) Stations in the Land Mobile Radio Service, using the following channels in the indicated cities will be
         protected from interference caused by low power TV or TV translator stations, and low power TV and TV
         translator stations must accept any interference from stations in the land mobile service operating on the
         following channels:

47 CFR 74.709(a) (enhanced display)                                                                               page 77 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.709(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                             Table 1 to Paragraph (a)

                                                                                     Coordinates
                            City                  Channels
                                                                         Latitude                  Longitude
           Boston, MA                                     14, 16            42°21′24.4″                  071°03′23.2″
           Chicago, IL                                    14, 15            41°52′28.1″                  087°38′22.2″
           Cleveland, OH                                  14, 15            41°29′51.2″                  081°49′49.5″
           Dallas, TX                                         16            32°47′09.5″                  096°47′38.0″
           Detroit, MI                                    15, 16            42°19′48.1″                  083°02′56.7″
           Houston, TX                                        17            29°45′26.8″                  095°21′37.8″
           Los Angeles, CA                             14, 16, 20           34°03′15.0″                  118°14′31.3″
           Miami, FL                                          14            25°46′38.4″                  080°11′31.2″
           New York, NY                                14, 15, 16           40°45′06.4″                  073°59′37.5″
           Philadelphia, PA                               19, 20            39°56′58.4″                  075°09′19.6″
           Pittsburgh, PA                                 14, 18            40°26′19.2″                  079°59′59.2″
           San Francisco, CA                              16, 17            37°46′38.7″                  122°24′43.9″
           Washington, DC                                 17, 18            38°53′51.4″                  077°00′31.9″

     (b) The protected contours for the land mobile radio service are 130 kilometers from the above coordinates,
         except where limited by the following:

          (1) If the land mobile channel is the same as the channel in the following list, the land mobile protected
              contour excludes the area within 145 kilometers of the corresponding coordinates from list below.
              Except if the land mobile channel is 15 in New York or Cleveland or 16 in Detroit, the land mobile
              protected contour excludes the area within 95 kilometers of the corresponding coordinates from the
              list below.

          (2) If the land mobile channel is one channel above or below the channel in the following list, the land
              mobile protected contour excludes the area within 95 kilometers of the corresponding coordinates
              from the list below.

                                                 Table 2 to Paragraph (b)(2)

                                                                                           Coordinates
                                    City                 Channel
                                                                             Latitude                    Longitude
                 San Diego, CA                                      15              32°41′52.7″                116°56′06.3″
                 Waterbury, CT                                      20              41°31′02.3″                073°00′58.4″
                 Washington, DC                                     14              38°57′17.4″                077°00′15.9″
                 Washington, DC                                     20              38°57′49.9″                077°06′17.2″
                 Champaign, IL                                      15              40°04′10.0″                087°54′46.0″
                 Jacksonville, IL                                   14              39°45′52.1″                090°30′29.5″
                 Ft. Wayne, IN                                      15              41°05′35.2″                085°10′41.9″
                 South Bend, IN                                     16              41°36′20.0″                086°12′46.0″
                 Salisbury, MD                                      16              38°24′15.4″                075°34′43.7″

47 CFR 74.709(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 78 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.709(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                                                        Coordinates
                                   City                  Channel
                                                                             Latitude                 Longitude
                Mt. Pleasant, MI                                   14            43°34′24.1″              084°46′21.0″
                Hanover, NH                                        15            43°42′30.2″              072°09′14.3″
                Canton, OH                                         17            40°51′04.2″              081°16′36.4″
                Cleveland, OH                                      19            41°21′19.2″              081°44′23.5″
                Oxford, OH                                         14            39°30′26.2″              084°44′08.8″
                Zanesville, OH                                     18            39°55′42.0″              081°59′07.0″
                Elmira-Corning, NY                                 18            42°06′22.0″              076°52′16.0″
                Harrisburg, PA                                     21            40°20′43.1″              076°52′08.3″
                Johnstown, PA                                      19            40°19′47.3″              078°53′44.1″
                Lancaster, PA                                      15            40°15′45.0″              076°27′50.0″
                Philadelphia, PA                                   17            40°02′30.9″              075°14′21.9″
                Pittsburgh, PA                                     16            40°26′46.2″              079°57′50.2″
                Scranton, PA                                       16            41°10′58.3″              075°52′19.7″
                Parkersburg, WV                                    15            39°20′59.8″              081°33′55.4″
                Madison, WI                                        15            43°03′03.0″              089°29′13.0″

     (c) A low power TV or TV translator station application will not be accepted if it specifies a site that is within
         the protected contour of a co-channel or first adjacent channel land mobile assignment.

     (d) The low power TV or TV translator station field strength is calculated from the proposed effective radiated
         power (ERP) and the antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) in pertinent directions.

          (1) The field strength is calculated using Figure 10c of § 73.699 (F(50, 10) charts) of part 73 of this
              chapter.

          (2) A low power TV or TV translator station application will not be accepted if it specifies the same
              channel as one of the land mobile assignments and its field strength at the land mobile protected
              contour exceeds 52 dBu.

          (3) A low power TV or TV translator station application will not be accepted if it specifies a channel that
              is one channel above or below one of the land mobile assignments and its field strength at the land
              mobile protected contour exceeds 76 dBu.

     (e) To protect stations in the Offshore Radio Service, a low power TV or TV translator station construction
         permit application will not be accepted if it specifies operation on channels 15, 16, 17 or 18 in the
         following areas. West Longitude and North Latitude are abbreviated as W.L. and N.L. respectively.

          (1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.; east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a line extending due west from
              30°30′ N.L., 92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.; and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L., 98°30′ W.L.

          (2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.; east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a line extending due west from
              31°00′ N.L., 86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. and then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′ W.L.

          (3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.; east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line extending due west from
              31°00′ N.L., 86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. and then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.

          (4) On Channel 18: west of 87°00′ W.L.; east of 95°00′ W.L.; and south of 31°00′ N.L.

47 CFR 74.709(e)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 79 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.710
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           Note 1 to § 74.709: The Chief, Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau waived the rules of
           this section to allow channel 15 to be used for land mobile operation in Los Angeles County, CA
           (DA 08–2823; adopted December 30, 2008). Notwithstanding the channels listed in paragraph (a)
           or (b)(2) of this section, the waiver requires LPTV and translator stations to protect this land
           mobile operation.

[47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22, 1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004;
87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30668, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.710 [Reserved]
§ 74.720 Digital low power TV distributed transmission systems.
     (a) A digital low power TV or TV translator (LPTV) station may be authorized to operate multiple synchronized
         transmitters on its assigned channel to provide service consistent with the requirements of this section.
         Such operation is called a distributed transmission system (DTS). Except as expressly provided in this
         section, LPTV stations operating a DTS facility must comply with all rules in this part applicable to LPTV
         single-transmitter stations.

     (b) For purposes of compliance with this section, a digital LPTV station's “authorized facility” is the facility
         authorized for the station in a license or construction permit for non-DTS, single-transmitter-location
         operation. A digital LPTV station's “authorized service area” is defined as the area within its protected
         contour (described by § 74.792) as determined using the authorized facility.

     (c) The protected area for each DTS transmitter is determined based on the F(50,90) field strength given in §
         74.792), calculated in accordance with § 73.625(b) of this chapter. The combined protected area of an
         LPTV DTS station is the logical union of the protected areas of all DTS transmitters, that falls within the
         station's authorized service area as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.

     (d) The DTS limiting area for each DTS transmitter is determined using the field strength from § 74.792 and
         the F(50,50) curves.

     (e) An application proposing use of DTS will not be accepted for filing unless it meets all of the following
         conditions:

          (1) The combined protected area covers all of the applicant's authorized service area;

          (2) Each DTS transmitter's LPTV DTS limiting contour falls within the authorized facility's LPTV DTS
              limiting contour;

          (3) Each DTS transmitter's protected area is contiguous with at least one other DTS transmitter's
              protected area;

          (4) The “combined field strength” of all DTS transmitters in a network does not cause interference to
              another station in excess of the criteria specified in § 74.793. The combined field strength at a given
              location is determined by a “root-sum-square” calculation, in which the combined field strength is
              equal to the square root of the sum of the squared field strengths from each transmitter in the DTS
              network at that location; and

          (5) Each DTS transmitter must be located within the station's authorized service area.

47 CFR 74.720(e)(5) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 80 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.720(f)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (f) All transmitters operating under a single LPTV DTS license must follow the same digital broadcast
         television transmission standard.

[86 FR 21227, Apr. 22, 2021]

§ 74.731 [Reserved]
§ 74.732 Eligibility and licensing requirements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7265, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A license for a low power TV or TV translator station may be issued to any qualified individual, organized
         group of individuals, broadcast station licensee, or local civil governmental body.

     (b) More than one low power TV or TV translator station may be licensed to the same applicant whether or
         not such stations serve substantially the same area. Low power TV and TV translator stations are not
         counted for purposes of § 73.3555, concerning multiple ownership.

     (c) Only one channel will be assigned to each low power TV or TV translator station. Additional low power or
         translator stations may be authorized to provide additional reception. A separate application is required
         for each station and each application must be complete in all respects.

     (d) The FCC will not act on applications for new low power TV or TV translator stations, for changes in
         facilities of existing stations, or for changes in output channel tendered by displaced stations pursuant to
         § 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes will result in a major change until the applicable time for filing a
         petition to deny has passed pursuant to § 73.3584(c).

     (e) A proposal to change the primary TV station being retransmitted or an application of a licensed translator
         station to include low power TV station operation, i.e., program origination or subscription service will be
         subject only to a notification requirement.

     (f) Applications for transfer of ownership or control of a low power TV or TV translator station will be subject
         to petitions to deny.

    (g)–(h) [Reserved]

[47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15, 1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987;
52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.733 [Reserved]
§ 74.734 Attended and unattended operation.
     (a) Low power TV and TV translator stations may be operated without a designated person in attendance if
         the following requirements are met:

           (1) If the transmitter site cannot be promptly reached at all hours and in all seasons, means shall be
               provided so that the transmitting apparatus can be turned on and off at will from a point that readily
               is accessible at all hours and in all seasons.

           (2) The transmitter also shall be equipped with suitable automatic circuits that will place it in a
               nonradiating condition in the absence of a signal on the input channel or circuit.

47 CFR 74.734(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 81 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.734(a)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (3) The transmitting and the ON/OFF control, if at a location other than the transmitter site, shall be
              adequately protected against tampering by unauthorized persons.

          (4) A notification must be filed with the FCC via a Change of Control Point Notice in LMS providing the
              name, address, and telephone number of a person or persons who may be called to secure
              suspension of operation of the transmitter promptly should such action be deemed necessary by the
              FCC. Such information shall be kept current by the licensee.

          (5) In cases where the antenna and supporting structure are considered to be a hazard to air navigation
              and are required to be painted and lighted under the provisions of part 17 of the Rules, the licensee
              shall make suitable arrangements for the daily observations, when required, and lighting equipment
              inspections required by §§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules.

     (b) An application for authority to construct a new low power TV station (when rebroadcasting the programs
         of another station) or TV translator station or to make changes in the facilities of an authorized station,
         and that proposes unattended operation, shall include an adequate showing as to the manner of
         compliance with this section.

[47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998;
67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002; 87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30668, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.735 Power limitations.
     (a) [Reserved]

     (b) The maximum ERP of a low power TV or TV translator station (average power) shall not exceed:

          (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and

          (2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–36.

     (c) The limits in paragraph (b) of this section apply to the effective radiated power in the horizontally
         polarized plane. For either omnidirectional or directional antennas, where the ERP values of the vertically
         and horizontally polarized components are not of equal strength, the ERP limits shall apply to the
         horizontal polarization, and the vertical ERP shall not intentionally exceed the horizontal ERP in any
         direction. Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems must be accompanied by the
         following:

          (1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model
              number of the proposed directional antenna. It is not acceptable to label the antenna with only a
              generic term such as “Yagi” or “Dipole”. A specific model number must be provided. In the case of
              individually designed antennas with no model number, or in the case of a composite antenna
              composed of two or more individual antennas, the antenna should be described as a “custom” or
              “composite” antenna, as appropriate. A full description of the design of the antenna should also be
              submitted.

          (2) Relative field azimuth plane pattern (patterns for both horizontal and vertical polarization should be
              included if elliptical or circular polarization is used) of the proposed directional antenna. A value of
              1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation in the horizontal polarization. The plot of the pattern
              should be oriented so that 0° corresponds to the maximum radiation of the directional antenna or,
              alternatively in the case of a symmetrical pattern, to the line of symmetry. The 0° on the plot should
              be referenced to the actual azimuth with respect to true North.

47 CFR 74.735(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 82 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.735(c)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of this section. The tabulation
               should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at least every
               10°. In addition, tabulated values of all maximas and minimas, with their corresponding azimuths,
               should be submitted.

           (4) All azimuth plane patterns must be plotted in a PDF attachment to the application in a size sufficient
               to be easily viewed.

           (5) The horizontal plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the complete directional antenna
               system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, this
               means that the patterns for the composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas,
               not the patterns for each of the individual antennas, must be submitted.

           (6) If an elevation pattern is submitted in the application form, similar tabulations and PDF attachments
               shall be provided for the elevation pattern.

           (7) If a matrix pattern is submitted in the application form, similar tabulations shall be provided as
               necessary in the form of a spreadsheet to accurately represent the pattern.

[30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41 FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52
FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997; 76 FR 44828, July
27, 2011; 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30668, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.736 [Reserved]
§ 74.737 Antenna location.
     (a) An applicant for a new low power TV or TV translator station or for a change in the facilities of an
         authorized station shall endeavor to select a site that will provide a line-of-sight transmission path to the
         entire area intended to be served and at which there is available a suitable signal from the primary station,
         if any, that will be retransmitted.

     (b) The transmitting antenna should be placed above growing vegetation and trees lying in the direction of the
         area intended to be served, to minimize the possibility of signal absorption by foliage.

     (c) A site within 8 kilometers of the area intended to be served is to be preferred if the conditions in paragraph
         (a) of this section can be met.

     (d) Consideration should be given to the accessibility of the site at all seasons of the year and to the
         availability of facilities for the maintenance and operation of the transmitting equipment.

     (e) The transmitting antenna should be located as near as is practical to the transmitter to avoid the use of
         long transmission lines and the associated power losses.

     (f) Consideration should be given to the existence of strong radio frequency fields from other transmitters at
         the site of the transmitting equipment and the possibility that such fields may result in the
         retransmissions of signals originating on frequencies other than that of the primary station being
         rebroadcast.

[88 FR 30669, May 12, 2023]

47 CFR 74.737(f) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 83 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.750
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.750 Transmission system facilities.
     (a) A low power TV or TV translator station shall operate with a transmitter that is either certificated for
         licensing under the provisions of this subpart or type notified for use under part 73 of this chapter.

     (b) External preamplifiers also may be used provided that they do not cause improper operation of the
         transmitting equipment, and use of such preamplifiers is not necessary to meet the provisions of §
         74.795(b).

    (c) through (d) [Reserved]

     (e) The following procedures shall apply:

           (1) Any manufacturer of apparatus intended for use at low power TV or TV translator stations may
               request certification by following the procedures set forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chapter.

           (2) Low power TV and TV translator transmitting apparatus that has been certificated by the FCC will
               normally be authorized without additional measurements from the applicant or licensee.

           (3) Applications for certification of modulators to be used with existing certificated TV translator
               apparatus must include the specifications electrical and mechanical interconnecting requirements
               for the apparatus with which it is designed to be used.

           (4) Other rules concerning certification, including information regarding withdrawal of type acceptance,
               modification of certificated equipment, and limitations on the findings upon which certification is
               based, are set forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chapter.

     (f) The transmitting antenna system may be designed to produce horizontal, elliptical, or circular polarization.

     (g) Low power TV or TV translator stations installing new certificated transmitting apparatus incorporating
         modulating equipment need not make equipment performance measurements and shall so indicate on
         the station license application. Stations adding new or replacing modulating equipment in existing low
         power TV or TV translator station transmitting apparatus must have a qualified person examine the
         transmitting system after installation. A report of the methods, measurements, and results must be kept
         in the station records. However, stations installing modulating equipment solely for the limited local
         origination of signals permitted by § 74.790 need not comply with the requirements of this paragraph (g).

[88 FR 30669, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.751 Modification of transmission systems.
     (a) No change, either mechanical or electrical, may be made in apparatus which has been certificated by the
         Commission without prior authority of the Commission. If such prior authority has been given to the
         manufacturer of certificated equipment, the manufacturer may issue instructions for such changes citing
         its authority. In such cases, individual licensees are not required to secure prior Commission approval but
         shall notify the Commission when such changes are completed.

     (b) Formal application (FCC Form 2100, Schedule C) is required for any of the following changes:

           (1) Replacement of the transmitter as a whole, except replacement with a transmitter of identical power
               rating which has been certificated by the FCC for use by low power TV and TV translator stations, or
               any change which could result in a change in the electrical characteristics or performance of the
               station.

47 CFR 74.751(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 84 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.751(b)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (2) Any change in the transmitting antenna system, including the direction of radiation, directive antenna
               pattern, antenna gain, transmission line loss characteristics, or height of antenna center of radiation.

           (3) Any change in the overall height of the antenna structure, except where notice to the Federal Aviation
               Administration is specifically not required under § 17.14(b) of this chapter.

           (4) Any horizontal change of the location of the antenna.

           (5) A change in frequency assignment.

           (6) [Reserved]

           (7) A change of authorized operating power.

     (c) Notwithstanding the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, a station may file in LMS a correction
         of geographic coordinates where the change is 3 seconds or fewer in latitude and/or 3 seconds or fewer
         in longitude, provided there is no physical change in location and no other licensed parameters are
         changed. An exhibit should be attached to the application(s) specifying that it is a coordinate correction.

     (d) Upon installation of new or replacement transmitting equipment for which prior FCC authority is not
         required under the provisions of this section, the licensee must place in the station records a certification
         that the new installation complies in all respects with the technical requirements of this part and the
         station authorization.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1, 1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47
FR 21501, May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 63 FR 33879, June
22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002; 87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30669, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.761 [Reserved]
§ 74.762 Frequency measurements.
     (a) The licensee of a low power TV station or a TV translator station must measure the frequency of its
         output channel as often as necessary to ensure operation consistent with the Advanced Television
         Systems Committee (ATSC) standard (see § 73.682 of this chapter; for ATSC 1.0, § 73.682(d), ATSC A/53
         Part 2, and for ATSC 3.0, § 73.682(f)(2)), and at least once each calendar year at intervals not exceeding
         14 months.

     (b) In the event that a low power TV or TV translator station is found to be operating inconsistent with the
         standard in paragraph (a) of this section, the licensee promptly shall suspend operation of the transmitter
         and shall not resume operation until the transmitter has been restored to its assigned frequency.

[88 FR 30669, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.763 Time of operation.
     (a) A low power TV or TV translator station is not required to adhere to any regular schedule of operation.
         However, the licensee of a TV translator station is expected to provide service to the extent that such is
         within its control and to avoid unwarranted interruptions in the service provided.

     (b) In the event that causes beyond the control of the low power TV or TV translator station licensee make it
         impossible to continue operating, the licensee may discontinue operation for a period of not more than 30
         days without further authority from the FCC. Notification must be sent to the FCC via a Suspension of

47 CFR 74.763(b) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 85 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.763(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          Operations Notice filing in LMS, not later than the 10th day of discontinued operation. During such period,
          the licensee shall continue to adhere to the requirements in the station license pertaining to the lighting of
          antenna structures. In the event normal operation is restored prior to the expiration of the 30 day period,
          the FCC shall be notified via a Resumption of Operations Notice filing in LMS of the date normal
          operations resumed. If causes beyond the control of the licensee make it impossible to comply within the
          allowed period, a request for Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635 of this chapter) shall be made
          to the FCC no later than the 30th day for such additional time as may be deemed necessary via LMS.

     (c) Failure of a low power TV or TV translator station to operate for a period of 30 days or more, except for
         causes beyond the control of the licensee, shall be deemed evidence of discontinuation of operation and
         the license of the station may be cancelled at the discretion of the FCC. Furthermore, the station's license
         will expire as a matter of law, without regard to any causes beyond control of the licensee, if the station
         fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive 12-month period, notwithstanding any provision,
         term, or condition of the license to the contrary.

     (d) A television broadcast translator station shall not be permitted to radiate during extended periods when
         signals of the primary station are not being retransmitted.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996;
63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002; 87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30669, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules.
Each licensee or permittee of a station authorized under this subpart shall be familiar with those rules relating to
stations authorized under this subpart. Copies of the Commission's rules may be obtained from the Superintendent
of Documents, Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20401, or accessed online at https://www.ecfr.gov or
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.

[83 FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018]

§ 74.779 Electronic delivery of notices to LPTV stations.
In accordance with § 76.1600 of this title, beginning July 31, 2020, each licensee of a low power television station or
noncommercial educational translator station that is entitled to notices under § 76.64(k), § 76.1601, § 76.1607, or §
76.1617 of this title shall receive such notices via email to the licensee's email address (not a contact
representative's email address, if different from the licensee's email address) as displayed publicly in the
Commission's Licensing and Management System (LMS), or the primary station's carriage-related email address if
the noncommercial educational translator station does not have its own email address listed in LMS. Licensees are
responsible for the continuing accuracy and completeness of this information.

[85 FR 16004, Mar. 20, 2020]

§ 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to translators and low power stations.
The following rules are applicable to TV translator and low power TV stations:

     (a) 47 CFR part 5—Experimental authorizations.

     (b) 47 CFR 73.658—Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial exclusivity in non-
         network program arrangements.

47 CFR 74.780(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 86 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.780(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) 47 CFR part 11—Emergency Alert System (for low power TV stations locally originating programming as
         defined by § 74.701(h)).

     (d) 47 CFR 73.1030—Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research, and receiving
         installations.

     (e) 47 CFR 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone conversations.

     (f) 47 CFR 73.1207—Rebroadcasts.

     (g) 47 CFR 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.

     (h) 47 CFR 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery information.

     (i)   47 CFR 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications; list retention; related requirements.

     (j)   47 CFR 73.1216—Licensee-conducted contests.

     (k) 47 CFR 73.1515—Special field test authorizations.

     (l)   47 CFR 73.1615—Operation during modification of facilities.

     (m) 47 CFR 73.1635—Special temporary authorizations (STA).

     (n) 47 CFR 73.1650—International agreements.

     (o) 47 CFR 73.1680—Emergency antennas.

     (p) 47 CFR 73.1692—Reserved.

     (q) 47 CFR 73.1940—Legally qualified candidates for public office.

     (r) 47 CFR 73.2080—Equal employment opportunities (for low power TV stations only).

     (s) 47 CFR 73.3500—Application and report forms.

     (t) 47 CFR 73.3511—Applications required.

     (u) 47 CFR 73.3512—Where to file; number of copies.

     (v) 47 CFR 73.3513—Signing of applications.

     (w) 47 CFR 73.3514—Content of applications.

     (x) 47 CFR 73.3516—Specification of facilities.

     (y) 47 CFR 73.3517—Contingent applications.

     (z) 47 CFR 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting applications.

    (aa) 47 CFR 73.3519—Repetitious applications.

    (bb) 47 CFR 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applications for low power TV and TV translator stations.

    (cc) 47 CFR 73.3522—Amendment of applications.

    (dd) 47 CFR 73.3525—Agreements for removing application conflicts.

    (ee) 47 CFR 73.3533—Application for construction permit or modification of construction permit.

     (ff) 47 CFR 73.3536—Application for license to cover construction permit.

47 CFR 74.780(ff) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 87 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.780(gg)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    (gg) 47 CFR 73.3538(a)(1), (3), and (4) and (b)—Application to make changes in an existing station.

    (hh) 47 CFR 73.3539—Application for renewal of license.

     (ii) 47 CFR 73.3540—Application for voluntary assignment or transfer of control.

     (jj) 47 CFR 73.3541—Application for involuntary assignment of license or transfer of control.

    (kk) 47 CFR 73.3542—Application for emergency authorization.

     (ll) 47 CFR 73.3544—Application to obtain a modified station license.

    (mm) 47 CFR 73.3545—Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign stations.

    (nn) 47 CFR 73.3550—Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.

    (oo) 47 CFR 73.3561—Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission action.

    (pp) 47 CFR 73.3562—Staff consideration of applications not requiring action by the Commission.

    (qq) 47 CFR 73.3564—Acceptance of applications.

     (rr) 47 CFR 73.3566—Defective applications.

    (ss) 47 CFR 73.3568—Dismissal of applications.

     (tt) 47 CFR 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast, low power TV, and TV translator station applications.

    (uu) 47 CFR 73.3580—Local public notice of filing of broadcast applications.

    (vv) 47 CFR 73.3584—Petitions to deny.

    (ww) 47 CFR 73.3587—Informal objections.

    (xx) 47 CFR 73.3591—Grants without hearing.

     (yy) 47 CFR 73.3593—Designation for hearing.

    (zz) 47 CFR 73.3594—Local public notice of designation for hearing.

    (aaa) 47 CFR 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and assignment applications.

    (bbb) 47 CFR 73.3598—Period of construction.

    (ccc) 47 CFR 73.3601—Simultaneous modification and renewal of license.

    (ddd) 47 CFR 73.3603—Special waiver procedure relative to applications.

    (eee) 47 CFR 73.3612—Annual employment report (for low power TV stations only).

    (fff) 47 CFR 73.3613—Availability to FCC of station contracts (network affiliation contracts for low power TV
          stations only).

[87 FR 58203, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.781 Station records.
     (a) The licensee of a low power TV or TV translator station shall maintain adequate station records, including
         the current instrument of authorization, official correspondence with the FCC, contracts, permission for
         rebroadcasts, and other pertinent documents.

47 CFR 74.781(a) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 88 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.781(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this Chapter concerning any observed or otherwise known extinguishment
         or improper functioning of a tower light:

           (1) The nature of such extinguishment or improper functioning.

           (2) The date and time the extinguishment or improper operation was observed or otherwise noted.

           (3) The date, time and nature of adjustments, repairs or replacements made.

     (c) The station records shall be maintained for inspection at a residence, office, or public building, place of
         business, or other suitable place, in one of the communities of license of the translator, except that the
         station records of a translator licensed to the licensee of the primary station may be kept at the same
         place where the primary station records are kept. The station records shall be made available upon
         request to any authorized representative of the Commission.

     (d) Station logs and records shall be retained for a period of two years.

[48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019; 87 FR 58204, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.782 Low power television and TV translator simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV)
transition.

Link to an amendment published at 88 FR 45368, July 17, 2023.

     (a) Simulcasting arrangements. While broadcasters are voluntarily deploying ATSC 3.0, a low power television
         (LPTV) or TV translator station may partner with one or more other LPTV or TV translator stations or with
         one or more full power or Class A stations in a simulcasting arrangement for purposes of airing either an
         ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on a host station's (i.e., a station whose facilities are being used to transmit
         programming originated by another station) facilities.

           (1) An LPTV or TV translator station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a full
               power host station must comply with the rules of part 73 of this chapter governing power levels and
               interference, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to low
               power television or TV translator stations set forth in this part.

           (2) An LPTV or TV translator station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a Class A
               host station must comply with the rules governing power levels and interference applicable to Class
               A television stations, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to
               LPTV or TV translator stations as set forth in Part 74 of this chapter.

     (b) Simulcasting requirement. An LPTV or TV translator station that elects voluntarily to simulcast while
         broadcasters are voluntarily deploying ATSC 3.0 must simulcast the primary video programming stream
         of their ATSC 3.0 signal in an ATSC 1.0 format. This requirement does not apply to any multicast streams
         aired on the ATSC 3.0 channel.

           (1) The programming aired on the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal must be “substantially similar” to that aired
               on the ATSC 3.0 primary video programming stream. For purposes of this section, “substantially
               similar” means that the programming must be the same except for advertisements, promotions for
               upcoming programs, and programming features that are based on the enhanced capabilities of
               ATSC 3.0. These enhanced capabilities include:

47 CFR 74.782(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 89 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.782(b)(1)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (i)   Hyper-localized content (e.g., geo-targeted weather, targeted emergency alerts, and hyper-local
                       news):

                (ii) Programming features or improvements created for the ATSC 3.0 service (e.g., emergency alert
                     “wake up” ability and interactive program features);

                (iii) Enhanced formats made possible by ATSC 3.0 technology (e.g., 4K or HDR); and

                (iv) Personalization of programming performed by the viewer and at the viewer's discretion.

           (2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, programming that airs at a different time on the
               ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal than on the primary video programming stream of the ATSC 3.0 signal is
               not considered “substantially similar.”

           (3) The “substantially similar” requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will sunset on July 17,
               2027.

     (c) Transitioning directly to ATSC 3.0. LPTV and TV translator stations may transition directly from ATSC 1.0
         to ATSC 3.0 operation without simulcasting.

     (d) Coverage requirements for the ATSC 1.0 simulcast channel. For LPTV and TV translator stations that elect
         voluntarily to simulcast and temporarily to relocate their ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station
         for purposes of deploying ATSC 3.0 service (and that convert their existing facilities to ATSC 3.0), the
         station:

           (1) Must maintain overlap between the protected contour of its existing facilities and its ATSC 1.0
               simulcast signal;

           (2) May not relocate its ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal more than 30 miles from the reference coordinates of
               the relocating station's existing antenna location; and

           (3) Must select a host station assigned to the same Designated Market Area as the originating station
               (i.e., the station whose programming is being transmitted on the host station).

     (e) Coverage requirements for ATSC 3.0 signals. For LPTV and TV translator stations that elect voluntarily to
         simulcast and to continue broadcasting in ATSC 1.0 from the station's existing facilities and transmit an
         ATSC 3.0 signal from a host location, the ATSC 3.0 signal must be established on a host station assigned
         to the same DMA as the originating station.

     (f) Simulcasting agreements.

           (1) Simulcasting agreements must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and
               responsibilities regarding:

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the host
                       station's transmission facilities;

                (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the host station's channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions;

                (iv) Conditions under which the simulcast agreement may be terminated, assigned or transferred;
                     and

47 CFR 74.782(f)(1)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 90 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.782(f)(1)(v)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (v) How a guest's station's (i.e., a station originating programming that is being transmitted using
                    the facilities of a host station) signal may be transitioned off the host station.

           (2) LPTV and TV translators must maintain a written copy of any simulcasting agreement and provide it
               to the Commission upon request.

     (g) Licensing of simulcasting stations and stations converting to ATSC 3.0 operation.

           (1) Each station participating in a simulcasting arrangement pursuant to this section shall continue to be
               licensed and operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all applicable
               Commission obligations, rules, and policies. ATSC 1.0 and ATSC 3.0 signals aired on the facilities of
               a host station will be licensed as temporary second channels of the originating station. The
               Commission will include a note on the originating station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC
               3.0 signal being aired on the facilities of a host station. The Commission will also include a note on a
               host station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 guest signal(s) being aired on the
               facilities of the host station.

           (2) Application required. An LPTV or TV translator broadcaster must file an application (FCC Form 2100)
               with the Commission, and receive Commission approval, before:

                 (i)   Moving its ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station, moving that signal from the
                       facilities of an existing host station to the facilities of a different host station, or discontinuing
                       an ATSC 1.0 guest signal;

                (ii) Commencing the airing of an ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a host station (that has already
                     converted to ATSC 3.0 operation), moving its ATSC 3.0 signal to the facilities of a different host
                     station, or discontinuing an ATSC 3.0 guest signal; or

                (iii) Converting its existing station to transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal or converting the station from
                      ATSC 3.0 back to ATSC 1.0 transmissions.

           (3) Streamlined process. With respect to an application in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, an LPTV or
               TV translator broadcaster may file only an application for modification of license provided no other
               changes are being requested in such application that would require the filing of an application for a
               construction permit as otherwise required by the rules (see, e.g., §§ 74.751 and 74.787).

           (4) Host station. A host station must first make any necessary changes to its facilities before a guest
               station may file an application to air a 1.0 or 3.0 signal on such host.

           (5) Expedited processing. An application filed in accordance with the streamlined process in paragraph
               (g)(3) of this section will receive expedited processing provided, for LPTV and TV translator stations
               seeking voluntarily to simulcast and to air an ATSC 1.0 signal on the facilities of a host station, the
               station will provide ATSC 1.0 service to at least 95 percent of the predicted population within the
               protected contour of its original ATSC 1.0 facility.

           (6) Required information.

                 (i)   An application in paragraph (g)(2) of this section must include the following information:

                       (A) The station serving as the host, if applicable;

                       (B) The technical facilities of the host station, if applicable;

                       (C) The DMA of the originating broadcaster's facility and the DMA of the host station, if
                           applicable; and

47 CFR 74.782(g)(6)(i)(C) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 91 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.782(g)(6)(i)(D)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                     (D) Any other information deemed necessary by the Commission to process the application.

                (ii) If an application in paragraph (g)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0 signal
                     on the facilities of a host station, the LPTV or TV translator broadcaster must also indicate on
                     the application:

                     (A) The predicted population within the protected contour served by the station's original ATSC
                         1.0 signal;

                     (B) The predicted population within the protected contour served by the station's original ATSC
                         1.0 signal that will lose the station's ATSC 1.0 service as a result of the simulcasting
                         arrangement, including identifying areas of service loss by providing a contour overlap
                         map; and

                     (C) Whether the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal aired on the host station will serve at least 95
                         percent of the population in paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(A) of this section.

                (iii) If an application in paragraph (g)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0 signal
                      on the facilities of a host station and does not meet the 95 percent standard in paragraph
                      (g)(6)(ii) of this section, the application must contain, in addition to the information in
                      paragraphs (g)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section, the following information:

                     (A) Whether there is another possible host station(s) in the market that would result in less
                         service loss to existing viewers and, if so, why the Next Gen TV broadcaster chose to
                         partner with a host station creating a larger service loss;

                     (B) What steps, if any, the station plans to take to minimize the impact of the service loss (e.g.,
                         providing ATSC 3.0 dongles, set-top boxes, or gateway devices to viewers in the loss area);
                         and

                     (C) The public interest benefits of the simulcasting arrangement and a showing of why the
                         benefit(s) of granting the application would outweigh the harm(s). These applications will
                         be considered on a case-by-case basis.

     (h) Consumer education for Next Gen TV stations.

           (1) LPTV and TV translator stations that elect voluntarily to simulcast and that relocate their ATSC 1.0
               signals (e.g., moving to a host station's facilities, subsequently moving to a different host, or
               returning to its original facility) will be required to air daily Public Service Announcements (PSAs) or
               crawls every day for 30 days prior to the date that the stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations on
               their existing facilities. LPTV and TV translator stations that transition directly to ATSC 3.0 will be
               required to air daily Public Service Announcements (PSAs) or crawls every day for 30 days prior to
               the date that the stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations.

           (2) PSAs. Each PSA must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried by
               the transitioning station and be closed-captioned.

           (3) Crawls. Each crawl must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried
               by the transitioning station.

           (4) Content of PSAs or crawls. For stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals or transitioning directly to
               ATSC 3.0, each PSA or crawl must provide all pertinent information to consumers.

     (i)   Notice to MVPDs.

47 CFR 74.782(i) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 92 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.782(i)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (1) Next Gen TV stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 simulcast signals (e.g., moving to a temporary host
               station's facilities, subsequently moving to a different host, or returning to its original facility) must
               provide notice to MVPDs that:

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal due to the relocation; or

                 (ii) Carry and will continue to be obligated to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal from the new
                      location.

           (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any ATSC 1.0 channel changes;

                 (ii) The ATSC 1.0 channel occupied by the station before and after commencement of local
                      simulcasting;

                 (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                 (iv) Stream identification information; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.

           (3) If any of the information in paragraph (f)(2) of this section changes, an amended notification must be
               sent.

           (4)

                 (i)   Next Gen TV stations must provide notice as required by this section:

                       (A) At least 120 days in advance of relocating their ATSC 1.0 simulcast signals if the
                           relocation occurs during the post-incentive auction transition period; or

                       (B) At least 90 days in advance of relocating their 1.0 simulcast signals if the relocation
                           occurs after the post-incentive auction transition period.

                 (ii) If the anticipated date of the ATSC 1.0 service relocation changes, the station must send a
                      further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of the new anticipated date.

           (5) Next Gen TV stations may choose whether to provide notice as required by this section either by a
               letter notification or electronically via email if the relevant MVPD agrees to receive such notices by
               email. Letter notifications to MVPDs must be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to the
               MVPD's address in the FCC's Online Public Inspection File (OPIF), if the MVPD has an online file. For
               cable systems that do not have an online file, notices must be sent to the cable system's official
               address of record provided in the system's most recent filing in the FCC's Cable Operations and
               Licensing System (COALS). For MVPDs with no official address in OPIF or COALS, the letter must be
               sent to the MVPD's official corporate address registered with their State of incorporation.

[83 FR 5026, Feb. 2, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 43492, July 17, 2020; 88 FR 45368, July 17, 2023]

§ 74.783 Station identification.
     (a) Each low power TV station as defined by § 74.701(f) must transmit its station identification using one of
         the following methods:

47 CFR 74.783(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 93 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.783(a)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (1) When originating programming, as defined by § 74.701(h), a low power TV station may use the
              station identification procedures given in § 73.1201 of this chapter on its primary stream. Other
              streams may use the method in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The identification procedures given
              in the remainder of this paragraph are to be used at any time the station is not originating
              programming; or

          (2) By transmitting the call sign in the short channel name field of the Program and System and
              Information Protocol (PSIP) (or its ATSC 3.0 equivalent) for at least one stream on the station. If the
              station is assigned an alphanumeric call sign consistent with § 74.791(d) and its call sign has more
              than 7 characters, it may drop the “-D” from the end of the call sign when identifying with this
              method; or

          (3) By arranging for the primary station, whose signal is being rebroadcast, to identify the low power TV
              station by transmitting an easily readable visual presentation or a clearly understandable aural
              presentation of the low power TV station's call letters and location. Two such identifications shall be
              made between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at approximately one
              hour intervals during each time period. Television stations which do not begin their broadcast day
              before 9 a.m. shall make these identifications in the hours closest to these time periods at the
              specified intervals.

     (b) Licensees of television translator stations may arrange for identification via the method in paragraph
         (a)(3) of this section. Licensees of television translators who make such arrangements for station
         identification to be made by the television station whose signals are being rebroadcast by the translator,
         must secure agreement with this television station licensee to keep in its file, and available to FCC
         personnel, the translator's call letters and location, giving the name, address, and telephone number of the
         licensee or his service representative to be contacted in the event of malfunction of the translator. It shall
         be the responsibility of the translator licensee to furnish current information to the television station
         licensee for this purpose.

     (c) Transport Stream ID (TSID) values are identification numbers assigned to stations by the FCC and stored
         in the Commission's online database. Two sequential values are assigned to each station.

          (1) All low power TV stations originating programming shall transmit their assigned odd-numbered TSID,
              if one has been assigned. All TV translator stations, and low power TV stations not originating
              programming, shall pass through the assigned TSID of the originating station, unless the translator
              or low power TV station is modifying the signal of one or more originating stations in such a way
              that it is not clear which originating station's TSID should be used. In that case, the station shall
              transmit its assigned odd-numbered TSID if one has been assigned.

          (2) In ATSC 3.0, a similar value is used called a Bit Stream ID (BSID). LPTV stations operating in ATSC
              3.0 mode shall utilize their assigned even-numbered TSID as their BSID, and LPTV/translator stations
              shall transmit the BSID as otherwise required of the TSID in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

[88 FR 30670, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.784 Rebroadcasts.
     (a) The term rebroadcast means the reception by radio of the programs or other signals of a radio or
         television station and the simultaneous or subsequent retransmission of such programs or signals for
         direct reception by the general public.

47 CFR 74.784(a) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 94 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.784(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) The licensee of a low power TV or TV translator station shall not rebroadcast the programs of any other
         TV broadcast station or other station authorized under the provisions of this subpart without obtaining
         prior consent of the station whose signals or programs are proposed to be retransmitted. The FCC shall
         be notified of the call letters of each station rebroadcast, and the licensee of the low power TV or TV
         broadcast translator station shall certify it has obtained written consent from the licensee of the station
         whose programs are being retransmitted. This notification shall be provided by email to
         TVRebroadcast@fcc.gov, the Video Division's email box.

     (c) A TV translator station may rebroadcast only programs and signals that are simultaneously transmitted by
         a TV broadcast station.

     (d) [Reserved]

     (e) The provisions of § 73.1207 of part 73 of this chapter apply to low power TV stations in transmitting any
         material during periods of program origination obtained from the transmissions of any other type of
         station.

[28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998;
67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002; 87 FR 58204, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30670, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.785 Low power TV digital data service pilot project.
Low power TV stations authorized pursuant to the LPTV Digital Data Services Act (Public Law 106–554, 114 Stat.
4577, December 1, 2000) to participate in a digital data service pilot project shall be subject to the provisions of the
Commission Order implementing that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted April 19, 2001, as modified by the Commission
Order on Reconsideration, FCC 02–40, adopted February 12, 2002.

[67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002]

§ 74.786 [Reserved]
§ 74.787 Licensing.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7265, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Applications for low power television and television translator stations.

         (1)–(2) [Reserved]

           (3) Construction permit applications for new stations, major changes to existing stations in the low
               power television service. A public notice will specify the date upon which interested parties may
               begin to file applications for new stations and major facilities changes to existing stations in the low
               power television service. It will specify parameters for any applications that may be filed.
               Applications submitted prior to date announced by the public notice will be returned as premature.
               Such applications shall be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis, and shall be filed on FCC
               Form 2100, Schedule C. Applications for new or major change shall be subject to the appropriate
               application fee. Mutually exclusive applications shall be resolved via the Commission's part 1 and
               broadcast competitive bidding rules, § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. of this chapter. Such
               applicants shall be afforded an opportunity to submit settlements and engineering solutions to
               resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter.

47 CFR 74.787(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 95 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.787(a)(4)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (4) Displacement applications. A low power television, television translator, or DRT or DTDRT station
              which is causing or receiving interference or is predicted to cause or receive interference to or from
              an authorized TV broadcast station or allotment or other protected station or service, may at any
              time file a displacement relief application for change in channel, together with technical
              modifications that are necessary to avoid interference or continue serving the station's protected
              service area, provided the proposed transmitter site is not located more than 30 miles from the
              reference coordinates of the existing station's community of license. See § 76.53 of this chapter. A
              displacement relief application shall be filed on FCC Form 2100, Schedule C, and will be considered a
              minor change and will be placed on public notice for a period of not less than 30 days to permit the
              filing of petitions to deny. These applications will not be subject to the filing of competing
              applications. Where a displacement relief application for a low power television or television
              translator station becomes mutually exclusive with the application(s) for new low power television or
              television translator stations, or with other non-displacement relief applications for facilities
              modifications of low power television or television translator stations, priority will be afforded to the
              displacement application for the low power television or television translator station to the exclusion
              of other applications. Mutually exclusive displacement relief applications for low power television
              and television translator stations shall be resolved via the Commission's rules in part 1 of this
              chapter and broadcast competitive bidding rules in §§ 1.2100 through 1.2209 and 73.5000 through
              73.5009 of this chapter. Such applicants shall be afforded an opportunity to submit settlements and
              engineering solutions to resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter.

          (5) Applications for analog-to-digital and digital-to-digital replacement television translators.

                (i)   Applications for new DRTs and DTDRTs are no longer accepted.

                (ii) [Reserved]

               (iii) Displacement applications for DRTs and DTDRTs shall be given processing priority over all other
                     low power television and TV translator new, minor change, or displacement applications except
                     displacement applications for other DRTs and DTDRTs with which they shall have co-equal
                     priority.

               (iv) [Reserved]

                (v) “Pre-auction digital service area” is defined as the geographic area within the full power station's
                    noise-limited contour (as set forth in Public Notice, DA 15–1296, released November 12, 2015).
                    The service area of the digital-to-digital replacement translator shall be limited to only the
                    demonstrated loss area within the full power station's pre-auction digital service area, provided
                    that an applicant for a digital-to-digital replacement television translator may propose a de
                    minimis expansion of its full power pre-auction digital service area upon demonstrating that the
                    expansion is necessary to replace a loss in its pre-auction digital service area.

               (vi) The license for the analog-to-digital and digital-to-digital replacement television translator will
                    be associated with the full power station's main license, will be assigned the same call sign,
                    may not be separately assigned or transferred, and will be renewed with the full power station's
                    main license.

               (vii) Analog-to-digital and digital-to-digital replacement television translators may operate only on
                     those television channels designated for broadcast television in § 74.702.

     (b) Definitions of “major” and “minor” changes to low power television and television translator stations.

47 CFR 74.787(b) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 96 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.787(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (1) Applications for major changes in low power television and television translator stations include:

                 (i)   Any change in the frequency (output channel) not related to displacement relief;

                (ii) Any change in transmitting antenna location where the protected contour resulting from the
                     change does not overlap some portion of the protected contour of the authorized facilities of
                     the existing station; or

                (iii) Any change in transmitting antenna location of greater than 30 miles (48 kilometers) from the
                      reference coordinates of the existing station's antenna location.

           (2) Other facilities changes will be considered minor including changes made to implement a channel
               sharing arrangement provided they comply with the other provisions of this section.

     (c) Licensing. An application to construct a new low power TV or TV translator station or change the facilities
         of an existing station will not be accepted if it fails to protect an authorized Class A, low power TV, or TV
         translator station or an application for such a station filed prior to the date the low power TV or TV
         translator application is filed.

[69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 23655, May 20, 2009; 76 FR 44828, July 27, 2011; 81 FR 5053, Feb. 1, 2016; 83
FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019; 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 58204, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30670, May
12, 2023]

§ 74.789 [Reserved]
§ 74.790 Permissible service of TV translator and LPTV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 88 FR 59469, Aug. 29, 2023.

     (a) TV translator stations provide a means whereby the signals of broadcast stations may be retransmitted to
         areas in which direct reception of such stations is unsatisfactory due to distance or intervening terrain
         barriers.

     (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, a TV translator station may be used only to receive the
         signals of a TV broadcast station, another TV translator station, a TV translator relay station, a television
         intercity relay station, a television STL station, or other suitable sources such as a CARS or common
         carrier microwave station, for the simultaneous retransmission of the programs and signals of a TV
         broadcast station. Such retransmissions may be accomplished by any of the following means:

           (1) Reception of TV broadcast station programs and signals directly through space and conversion to a
               different channel by one of the following transmission modes:

                 (i)   Heterodyne frequency conversion and suitable amplification, subject to a digital output power
                       limit of 30 watts for transmitters operating on channels 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters
                       operating on channels 2–13; or

                (ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e., signal demodulation, decoding, error processing, encoding,
                     remodulation, and frequency upconversion) and suitable amplification; or,

           (2) Demodulation, remodulation, and amplification of TV broadcast station programs and signals
               received through a microwave transport.

47 CFR 74.790(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 97 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.790(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) The transmissions of each TV translator station shall be intended for direct reception by the general
         public, and any other use shall be incidental thereto. A TV translator station shall not be operated solely
         for the purpose of relaying signals to one or more fixed receiving points for retransmission, distribution, or
         further relaying.

     (d) Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, the technical characteristics of the
         retransmitted signals shall not be deliberately altered so as to hinder reception on consumer TV
         broadcast receiving equipment.

     (e) A TV translator station shall not retransmit the programs and signals of any TV broadcast station(s)
         without the prior written consent of such station(s). A TV translator may multiplex on its output channel
         the video program services of two or more TV broadcast stations, pursuant to arrangements with all
         affected stations, and for this limited purpose, is permitted to alter a TV broadcast signal.

     (f) A TV translator station may transmit locally originated visual and/or aural messages limited to emergency
         warnings of imminent danger, to local public service announcements (PSAs) and to seeking or
         acknowledging financial support deemed necessary to the continued operation of the station.
         Acknowledgments of financial support may include identification of the contributors, the size and nature
         of the contribution and the advertising messages of the contributors. The originations concerning
         financial support and PSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, no more than once per hour. Emergency
         transmissions shall be no longer or more frequent than necessary to protect life and property. Such
         originations may be accomplished by any technical means agreed upon between the TV translator and TV
         station whose signal is being retransmitted, but must be capable of being received on consumer TV
         broadcast reception equipment.

     (g) An LPTV station may operate under the following modes of service:

           (1) For the retransmission of programming of a TV broadcast station, subject to the prior written
               consent of the station whose signal is being retransmitted.

           (2) For the origination of programming and commercial matter as defined in § 74.701(l).

           (3) Whenever operating, an LPTV station must transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal at
               no direct charge to viewers at a resolution of at least 480i (vertical resolution of 480 lines,
               interlaced).

           (4) An LPTV station may dynamically alter the bit stream of its signal to transmit one or more video
               program services in any established DTV video format.

     (h) An LPTV station is not subject to minimum required hours of operation and may operate in either of the
         two modes described in paragraph (g) of this section for any number of hours.

     (i)   Upon transmitting a signal that meets the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section, an LPTV
           station may offer services of any nature, consistent with the public interest, convenience, and necessity,
           on an ancillary or supplementary basis in accordance with the provisions of § 73.624(c) and (g) of this
           chapter.

     (j)   An LPTV station may not be operated solely for the purpose of relaying signals to one or more fixed
           receiving points for retransmission, distribution or relaying.

     (k) An LPTV station may receive input signals for transmission or retransmission by any technical means,
         including those specified in paragraph (b) of this section.

47 CFR 74.790(k) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 98 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.790(l)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (l)   As necessary, a TV translator shall modify, to avoid TV reception tuning conflicts with other stations, the
           Program System and Information Protocol (PSIP) information in the TV broadcast signal being
           retransmitted.

     (m) Low power television and TV translator stations may no longer operate any facility in analog (NTSC)
         mode.

     (n) An LPTV station shall transmit at least the minimum Program System and Information Protocol (PSIP)
         information necessary for receivers to display the station's programming. The station is not required to
         utilize any specific virtual channel number but must avoid creating a contour overlap with any full power
         TV or Class A TV station's virtual channel, or creating a contour overlap with another LPTV station using
         the same virtual channel.

     (o) Provision of analog FM radio operations by digital LPTV channel 6 stations (FM6 LPTV stations). FM6
         LPTV stations may provide analog FM radio operations (FM6 operations) on an ancillary or
         supplementary basis subject to the following:

           (1) The FM6 LPTV station must have been providing FM6 operations pursuant to an active engineering
               special temporary authority on June 7, 2022, or as otherwise permitted by the Commission.

           (2) The FM6 LPTV station must be operating in ATSC 3.0 digital format, as authorized in § 74.782.

           (3) FM6 operations may only be conducted on 87.75 MHz.

           (4) FM6 operations shall be conducted on a non-interference basis to any other licensed user, including
               but not limited to broadcast television or radio users.

           (5) The FM6 LPTV station's FM6 service contour must be contained within and may not exceed the
               protected contour of the FM6 LPTV station's synchronized video/audio programming stream. These
               contours shall be determined using established methodologies in § 73.313 of this chapter (FM
               radio) and § 74.792 (LPTV).

           (6) The FM6 LPTV station must provide at least one stream of synchronized video and audio
               programming, at any time the station is operating.

           (7) FM6 LPTV stations may make minor modifications to their technical facilities, as otherwise
               permitted under part 73 of this chapter or this part, so long as the station's proposed modified
               “protected contour,” as defined in § 74.792, does not exceed its protected contour as it was
               authorized on July 20, 2023, or where the station can demonstrate that such change is being made
               due to an engineering necessity such as the loss of a tower site or change in equipment due to
               malfunction and where the station can also demonstrate that the modification will not cause any
               interference to other licensed users.

           (8) FM6 LPTV stations may be assigned or transferred; however, an FM6 LPTV station's FM6 operation
               is not severable from its digital license and may not be assigned or transferred separate from the
               FM6 LPTV station.

           (9) FM6 LPTV stations must notify the Media Bureau within 30 days of permanently ceasing FM6
               operations. Such notification hall be made by written letter and mailed to the FCC Office of the
               Secretary, Attention: Chief, Video Division, Media Bureau. If an FM6 LPTV station permanently
               ceases FM6 operations, FM6 operations may not resume.

47 CFR 74.790(o)(9) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 99 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.790(o)(10)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (10) FM6 LPTV stations must certify in an attachment to their license renewal application that they have
               continued to provide FM6 service in accordance with the FM6 rules in this section during the prior
               license term.

          (11) FM6 LPTV stations shall continue to be subject to all rules in part 73 of this chapter and this part
               applicable to low power television stations. In addition, the following rules shall apply to FM6 LPTV
               stations with respect to their FM6 operations:

                 (i)   Part 11 of this chapter The Emergency Alert System (EAS).

                (ii) Section 73.293, Use of FM multiplex subcarriers.

                (iii) Section 73.295, FM subsidiary communications services.

                (iv) Section 73.297, FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.

                (v) Section 73.310, FM technical definitions.

                (vi) Section 73.313, Prediction of coverage.

                (vii) Section 73.319, FM multiplex subcarrier technical standards.

               (viii) Section 73.322, FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.

                (ix) Section 73.333, Engineering charts.

                (x) Section 73.1201, Station identification.

                (xi) Section 73.1206, Broadcast of telephone conversations.

                (xii) Section 73.1207, Rebroadcasts.

               (xiii) Section 73.1208, Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.

               (xiv) Section 73.1209, References to time.

                (xv) Section 73.1211, Broadcast of lottery information.

               (xvi) Section 73.1212, Sponsorship identification; list retention; related requirements.

               (xvii) Section 73.1216, Licensee-conducted contests.

               (xviii) Section 73.1217, Broadcast hoaxes.

               (xix) Section 73.1250, Broadcasting emergency information.

                (xx) Section 73.1300, Unattended station operation.

               (xxi) Section 73.1635, Special temporary authorizations (STA).

               (xxii) Section 73.1740, Minimum operating schedule.

               (xxiii) Section 73.1750, Discontinuance of operation.

               (xxiv) Section 73.1940, Legally qualified candidates for public office.

               (xxv) Section 73.1941, Equal opportunities.

               (xxvi) Section 73.1942, Candidate rates.

               (xxvii) Section 73.1943, Political file.

47 CFR 74.790(o)(11)(xxvii) (enhanced display)                                                            page 100 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.790(o)(11)(xxviii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

               (xxviii) Section 73.1944, Reasonable access.

               (xxix) Section 73.2080, Equal employment opportunities (EEO).

               (xxx) Section 73.3526, Online public inspection file of commercial stations.

               (xxxi) Section 73.4005, Advertising—refusal to sell.

               (xxxii) Section 73.4045, Barter agreements.

               (xxxiii) Section 73.4055, Cigarette advertising.

               (xxxiv) Section 73.4060, Citizens agreements.

               (xxxv) Section 73.4075, Commercials, loud.

               (xxxvi) Section 73.4095, Drug lyrics.

               (xxxvii) Section 73.4097, EBS (now EAS) attention signals on automated programing systems.

               (xxxviii) Section 73.4165, Obscene language.

               (xxxix) Section 73.4170, Obscene broadcasts.

                (xl) Section 73.4180, Payment disclosure: Payola, plugola, kickbacks.

                (xli) Section 73.4185, Political broadcasting and telecasting, the law of.

               (xlii) Section 73.4190, Political candidate authorization notice and sponsorship identification.

               (xliii) Section 73.4215, Program matter: Supplier identification.

               (xliv) Section 73.4242, Sponsorship identification rules, applicability of.

               (xlv) Section 73.4250, Subliminal perception.

               (xlvi) Section 73.4255, Tax certificates: Issuance of.

               (xlvii) Section 73.4260, Teaser announcements.

               (xlviii) Section 73.4265, Telephone conversation broadcasts (network and like sources).

[69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 87 FR 58205, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30670, May 12, 2023; 88 FR 59468, Aug. 29,
2023; 88 FR 59469, Aug. 29, 2023]

§ 74.791 Call signs.
     (a) Low power stations. Call signs for low power stations will be made up of a prefix consisting of the initial
         letter K or W followed by the channel number assigned to the station and two additional letters and a
         suffix consisting of the letters –D.

     (b) Television translator stations. Call signs for digital television translator stations will be made up of a prefix
         consisting of the initial letter K or W followed by the channel number assigned to the station and two
         additional letters and a suffix consisting of the letter –D.

47 CFR 74.791(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 101 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.791(c)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (c) Low power television stations and Class A television stations. Low power television and Class A television
         stations may be assigned a call sign with a four-letter prefix pursuant to § 73.3550 of this chapter. Low
         power stations with four-letter prefixes will be assigned the suffix –LD and digital Class A stations with
         four-letter prefixes will be assigned the suffix –CD.

     (d) Call sign protocol. The use of the initial letter generally will follow the pattern used in the broadcast
         service, i.e., stations west of the Mississippi River will be assigned an initial letter K and those east, the
         letter W. The two letter combinations following the channel number will be assigned in order, and requests
         for the assignment of the particular combinations of letters will not be considered. The channel number
         designator for Channels 2 through 9 will be incorporated in the call sign as a 2-digit number, i.e., 02, 03,
         etc., so as to avoid similarities with call signs assigned to amateur radio stations. In the event that the two
         letter combination following the channel numbers reaches ZZ, the next subsequent call sign shall have
         three letters, beginning with AAA.

[87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022, as amended at 88 FR 30670, May 12, 2023]

§ 74.792 Low power TV and TV translator station protected contour.
     (a) A low power TV or TV translator will be protected from interference from other low power TV, TV
         translator, or Class A TV stations within the following predicted contours:

           (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 through 6;

           (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 through 13; and

           (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 through 36.

     (b) The digital low power TV or TV translator protected contour is calculated from the authorized effective
         radiated power and antenna height above average terrain, using the F(50,90) signal propagation method
         specified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter.

[69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.793 Low power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7265, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) An application to construct a new low power TV or TV translator station or change the facilities of an
         existing station will not be accepted if it fails to meet the interference protection requirements in this
         section.

     (b) Except as provided in this section, interference prediction analysis is based on the interference thresholds
         (D/U signal strength ratios) and other criteria and methods specified in § 73.623(c)(2) through (4) of this
         chapter. Predictions of interference to co-channel TV broadcast, Class A TV, LPTV, and TV translator
         stations will be based on the interference thresholds specified therein for “DTV-into-DTV.”

     (c) The following D/U signal strength ratio (dB) shall apply to the protection of stations on the first adjacent
         channel. The D/U ratios correspond to the LPTV or TV translator station's specified out-of-channel
         emission mask.

47 CFR 74.793(c) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 102 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.793(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                  Table 1 to Paragraph (c)

                 Simple                Stringent
                                                                               Full service mask
                  mask                   mask
           −7                               −12           Lower (−28)/Upper (−26).

     (d) For analysis of predicted interference from digital low power TV and TV translator stations, the relative
         field strength values of the antenna vertical radiation pattern if provided by the applicant will be used
         instead of the doubled values in Table 8 in OET Bulletin 69 up to a value of 1.0.

     (e) Protection to the authorized facilities of DTV broadcast stations shall be based on not causing predicted
         interference to the population within the service area defined and described in § 73.622(e) of this chapter,
         except that a digital low power TV or TV translator station must not cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent
         or more of the population predicted to receive service from the authorized DTV facilities.

     (f) [Reserved]

     (g) Protection to the authorized facilities of Class A and digital Class A TV stations shall be based on not
         causing predicted interference to the population within the service area defined and described in §
         73.6010 (a) through (d) of this chapter, respectively, except that a digital low power TV or TV translator
         station must not cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of the population predicted to receive
         service from the authorized Class A TV or digital Class A TV facilities.

     (h) Protection to the authorized facilities of low power TV and TV translator stations shall be based on not
         causing predicted interference to the population within the service area defined and described in §
         74.792, except that a digital low power TV or TV translator station must not cause a loss of service to 2.0
         percent or more of the population predicted to receive service from the authorized low power TV or TV
         translator station.

[69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 44828, July 27, 2011; 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.794 Digital emissions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7265, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a)

           (1) An applicant for a LPTV or TV translator station construction permit shall specify that the station will
               be constructed to confine out-of-channel emissions within one of the following emission masks:
               Simple, stringent, or full service.

           (2) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel of operation must be
               attenuated no less than following amounts below the average transmitted power within the
               authorized 6 MHz channel. In the mask specifications listed in § 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the
               attenuation in dB and Δf is the frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the channel.

                 (i)   Simple mask. At the channel edges, emissions must be attenuated no less than 46 dB. More
                       than 6 MHz from the channel edges, emissions must be attenuated no less than 71 dB. At any
                       frequency between 0 and 6 MHz from the channel edges, emissions must be attenuated no
                       less than the value determined by the following formula:

47 CFR 74.794(a)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                page 103 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 74.794(a)(2)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                     A (dB) = 46 + (Δf2 /1.44)
                (ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edges, emissions must be attenuated no
                     less than 47 dB. More than 3 MHz from the channel edges, emissions must be attenuated no
                     less than 76 dB. At any frequency between 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channel edges, emissions
                     must be attenuated no less than the value determined by the following formula:

                     A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 (Δf–0.5)
               (iii) Full service mask:

                     (A) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel of operation
                         must be attenuated no less than the following amounts below the average transmitted
                         power within the authorized channel. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edge the
                         emissions must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. More than 6 MHz from the channel
                         edge, emissions must be attenuated no less than 110 dB. At any frequency between 0.5
                         and 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions must be attenuated no less than the value
                         determined by the following formula:

                          Attenuation in dB = −11.5([Delta]f + 3.6);
                     Where:

                     [Delta] f = frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the channel.

                     (B) This attenuation is based on a measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. Other measurement
                         bandwidths may be used as long as appropriate correction factors are applied.
                         Measurements need not be made any closer to the band edge than one half of the
                         resolution bandwidth of the measuring instrument. Emissions include sidebands, spurious
                         emissions and radio frequency harmonics. Attenuation is to be measured at the output
                         terminals of the transmitter (including any filters that may be employed). In the event of
                         interference caused to any service, greater attenuation may be required.

          (3) The attenuation values for the simple and stringent emission masks are based on a measurement
              bandwidth of 500 kHz. Other measurement bandwidths may be used and converted to the reference
              500 kHz value by the following formula:

               A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500)

          where A(dB) is the measured or calculated attenuation value for the reference 500 kHz bandwidth, and
          Aalternate is the measured or calculated attenuation for a bandwidth BWalternate. Emissions include
          sidebands, spurious emissions and radio harmonics. Attenuation is to be measured at the output
          terminals of the transmitter (including any filters that may be employed). In the event of interference
          caused to any service by out-of-channel emissions, greater attenuation may be required.

     (b) In addition to meeting the emission attenuation requirements of the simple or stringent mask (including
         attenuation of radio frequency harmonics), digital low power TV and TV translator stations authorized to
         operate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536 MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620 MHz), and 65–69
         (776–806 MHz) must provide specific “out of band” protection to Radio Navigation Satellite Services in
         the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2 (1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz).

47 CFR 74.794(b) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 104 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.794(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (1) An FCC-certificated transmitter specifically certified for use on one or more of the above channels
               must include filtering with an attenuation of not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, which will have
               the effect of reducing harmonics in the GPS bands from what is produced by the digital transmitter,
               and this attenuation must be demonstrated as part of the certification application to the
               Commission.

           (2) For an installation on one of the above channels with a digital transmitter not specifically FCC-
               certificated for the channel, a low pass filter or equivalent device rated by its manufacturer to have
               an attenuation of at least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which will have the effect of reducing harmonics
               in the GPS bands from what is produced by the digital transmitter, and must be installed in a manner
               that will prevent the harmonic emission content from reaching the antenna. A description of the low
               pass filter or equivalent device with the manufacturer's rating or a report of measurements by a
               qualified individual shall be retained with the station license. Field measurements of the second or
               third harmonic output of a transmitter so equipped are not required.

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 44828, July 27, 2011; 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.795 Low power TV and TV translator transmission system facilities.
     (a) A low power TV or TV translator station shall operate with a transmitter that is either certificated for
         licensing based on the following provisions or has been modified for digital operation pursuant to §
         74.796.

     (b) The following requirements must be met before low power TV and TV translator transmitter will be
         certificated by the FCC:

           (1) The transmitter shall be designed to produce digital television signals that can be satisfactorily
               viewed on consumer receiving equipment based on the digital broadcast television transmission
               standard in § 73.682(d) of this chapter;

           (2) Emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel, measured at the output terminals of the
               transmitter (including any filters that may be employed), shall meet the requirements of § 74.794, as
               applicable;

           (3) The transmitter shall be equipped to display the digital power output (i.e., average power over a 6
               MHz channel) and shall be designed to prevent the power output from exceeding the maximum rated
               power output under any condition;

           (4) When subjected to variations in ambient temperature between 0 and 40 degrees Centigrade and
               variations in power main voltage between 85% and 115% of the rated power supply voltage, the
               frequency stability of the local oscillator in the RF channel upconverter shall be maintained within 10
               kHz of the nominal value;

           (5) The transmitter shall be equipped with suitable meters and jacks so that appropriate voltage and
               current measurements may be made while the transmitter is in operation; and

           (6) The apparatus must be equipped with automatic controls that will place it in a non-radiating
               condition when no signal is being received on the input channel, either due to absence of a
               transmitted signal or failure of the receiving portion of the facilities used for rebroadcasting the
               signal of another station. The automatic control may include a time delay feature to prevent
               interruptions caused by fading or other momentary failures of the incoming signal; and

47 CFR 74.795(b)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 105 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.795(b)(7)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (7) Wiring, shielding, and construction shall be in accordance with accepted principles of good
               engineering practice.

     (c) The following additional requirements apply to digital heterodyne translators:

           (1) The maximum rated power output (digital average power over a 6 MHz channel) shall not exceed 30
               watts for transmitters operating on channels 14–51 and 3 watts for transmitters operating on
               channels 2–13; and

           (2) The transmitter shall contain circuits which will maintain the digital average power output constant
               within 1 dB when the strength of the input signal is varied over a range of 30 dB.

     (d) Certification will be granted only upon a satisfactory showing that the transmitter is capable of meeting
         the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, pursuant to the procedures described in § 74.750(e).

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 86 FR 66214, Nov. 22, 2021; 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022; 88 FR 30671, May 12,
2023]

§ 74.796 Modification of transmission systems.
     (a) The provisions of § 74.751 shall apply to the modification of low power TV and TV translator transmission
         systems.

     (b) The following additional provisions shall apply to the modification of existing analog transmissions
         systems for digital operation, including installation of manufacturers' certificated equipment (“field
         modification kits”) and custom modifications.

           (1) The modifications and related performance-testing shall be undertaken by a person or persons
               qualified to perform such work.

           (2) The final amplifier stage of an analog transmitter modified for digital operation shall not have an
               “average digital power” output greater than 25 percent of its previous NTSC peak sync power output,
               unless the amplifier has been specifically refitted or replaced to operate at a higher power.

           (3) Analog heterodyne translators, when modified for digital operation, will produce a power output
               (digital average power over the 6 MHz channel) not exceeding 30 watts for transmitters operating on
               channels 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters operating on channels 2–13.

           (4) After completion of the modification, suitable tests and measurements shall be made to
               demonstrate compliance with the applicable requirements in this section including those in §
               74.795. Upon installation of a field modification kit, the transmitter shall be performance-tested in
               accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

           (5) The station licensee shall notify the Commission upon completion of the transmitter modifications.
               In the case of custom modifications (those not related to installation of manufacturer-supplied and
               FCC-certificated equipment), the licensee shall certify compliance with all applicable transmission
               system requirements.

           (6) The licensee shall maintain with the station's records for a period of not less than two years the
               following information and make this information to the Commission upon request:

47 CFR 74.796(b)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 106 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.796(b)(6)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (i)   A description of the modifications performed and performance tests or, in the case of
                       installation of a manufacturer-supplied modification kit, a description of the nature of the
                       modifications, installation and test instructions and other material provided by the
                       manufacturer;

                (ii) Results of performance-tests and measurements on the modified transmitter; and

                (iii) Copies of related correspondence with the Commission.

     (c) In connection with the on-channel conversion of existing analog transmitters for digital operation, a
         limited allowance is made for transmitters with final amplifiers that do not meet the attenuation of the
         Simple emission mask at the channel edges. Station licensees may obtain equivalent compliance with
         this attenuation requirement in the following manner:

           (1) Measure the level of attenuation of emissions below the average digital power output at the channel
               edges in a 500 kHz bandwidth; measurements made over a different measurement bandwidth
               should be corrected to the equivalent attenuation level for a 500 kHz bandwidth using the formula
               given in § 74.794;

           (2) Calculate the difference in dB between the 46 dB channel-edge attenuation requirement of the
               Simple mask;

           (3) Subtract the value determined in the previous step from the authorized effective radiated power
               (“ERP”) of the analog station being converted to digital operation. Then subtract an additional 6 dB
               to account for the approximate difference between analog peak and digital average power. For this
               purpose, the ERP must be expressed in decibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk) = 10 log ERP(kW);

           (4) Convert the ERP calculated in the previous step to units of kilowatts; and

           (5) The ERP value determined through the above procedure will produce equivalent compliance with the
               attenuation requirement of the simple emission mask at the channel edges and should be specified
               as the digital ERP in the minor change application for an on-channel digital conversion. The
               transmitter may not be operated to produce a higher digital ERP than this value.

[69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports.
The Ownership Report for Commercial Broadcast Stations (FCC Form 2100, Schedule 323) must be electronically
filed by December 1 in all odd-numbered years by each licensee of a low power television station or other
Respondent (as defined in § 73.3615(a) of this chapter). A licensee or other Respondent with a current and
unamended biennial ownership report (i.e., a report that was filed pursuant to this section) on file with the
Commission that is still accurate and which was filed using the version of the report that is current on October 1 of
the year in which its biennial ownership report is due may electronically validate and resubmit its previously filed
biennial ownership report. The information provided on each ownership report shall be current as of October 1 of
the year in which the ownership report is filed. For information on filing requirements, filers should refer to §
73.3615(a) of this chapter.

[82 FR 55772, Nov. 24, 2017, as amended at 87 FR 58206, Sept. 23, 2022]

§ 74.798 [Reserved]

47 CFR 74.798 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 107 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.799
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.799 Low power television and TV translator channel sharing.
     (a) Channel sharing generally.

           (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, low power television and TV translator stations may
               voluntarily seek Commission approval to share a single six megahertz channel with other low power
               television and TV translator stations, Class A television stations, and full power television stations.

           (2) Each station sharing a single channel pursuant to this section shall continue to be licensed and
               operated separately, have its own call sign and be separately subject to all of the Commission's
               obligations, rules, and policies.

     (b) Licensing of channel sharing stations. The low power television or TV translator channel sharing station
         relinquishing its channel must file an application for the initial channel sharing construction permit,
         include a copy of the channel sharing agreement as an exhibit, and cross reference the other sharing
         station(s). Any engineering changes necessitated by the channel sharing arrangement may be included in
         the station's application. Upon initiation of shared operations, the station relinquishing its channel must
         notify the Commission that it has terminated operation pursuant to § 73.1750 of this part and each
         sharing station must file an application for license.

     (c) Deadline for implementing channel sharing arrangements. Channel sharing arrangements submitted
         pursuant to this section must be implemented within three years of the grant of the initial channel sharing
         construction permit.

     (d) Channel sharing agreements.

           (1) Channel sharing agreements (CSAs) submitted under this section must contain provisions outlining
               each licensee's rights and responsibilities regarding:

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the shared
                       transmission facilities;

                (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the shared channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions;

                (iv) Transfer/assignment of a shared license, including the ability of a new licensee to assume the
                     existing CSA; and

                (v) Termination of the license of a party to the CSA, including reversion of spectrum usage rights to
                    the remaining parties to the CSA.

           (2) CSAs must include provisions:

                 (i)   Affirming compliance with the channel sharing requirements in paragraph (d)(1) of this section
                       and all relevant Commission rules and policies; and

                (ii) Requiring that each channel sharing licensee shall retain spectrum usage rights adequate to
                     ensure a sufficient amount of the shared channel capacity to allow it to provide at least one
                     Standard Definition program stream at all times.

47 CFR 74.799(d)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 108 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.799(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (e) Upon termination of the license of a party to a CSA, the spectrum usage rights covered by that license
         may revert to the remaining parties to the CSA. Such reversion shall be governed by the terms of the CSA
         in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this section. If upon termination of the license of a party to a
         CSA only one party to the CSA remains, the remaining licensee may file an application to change its
         license to non-shared status using FCC Form 2100, Schedule D.

     (f) If the rights under a CSA are transferred or assigned, the assignee or the transferee must comply with the
         terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. If the transferee or assignee and
         the licensees of the remaining channel sharing station or stations agree to amend the terms of the
         existing CSA, the agreement may be amended, subject to Commission approval.

     (g) Channel sharing between low power television or TV translator stations and Class A television stations or
         full power television stations.

          (1) A low power television or TV translator sharee station (defined as a station relinquishing a channel in
              order to share) that is a party to a CSA with a full power television sharer station (defined as the
              station hosting a sharee pursuant to a CSA) must comply with the rules of part 73 of this chapter
              governing power levels and interference, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and
              policies applicable to low power television or TV translator stations set forth in this part.

          (2) A low power television or TV translator sharee station that is a party to a CSA with a Class A
              television sharer station must comply with the rules governing power levels and interference that are
              applicable to Class A television stations, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and
              policies applicable to low power television or TV translator stations set forth in this part.

     (h) Notice to cable systems.

          (1) Stations participating in channel sharing agreements must provide notice to cable systems that:

                (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station because of the relocation of the station;

                (ii) Currently carry and will continue to be obligated to carry a station that will change channels; or

                (iii) Will become obligated to carry the station due to a channel sharing relocation.

          (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                (i)   Date and time of any channel changes;

                (ii) The channel occupied by the station before and after implementation of the CSA;

                (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                (iv) Stream identification information; and

                (v) Engineering staff contact information.

          (3) Should any of the information in paragraph (h)(2) of this section change, an amended notification
              must be sent.

          (4) Sharee stations must provide notice as required by this section at least 90 days prior to terminating
              operations on the sharee's channel. Sharer stations and sharee stations must provide notice as
              required by this section at least 90 days prior to initiation of operations on the sharer channel.
              Should the anticipated date to either cease operations or commence channel sharing operations
              change, the stations must send a further notice to affected cable systems informing them of the
              new anticipated date(s).

47 CFR 74.799(h)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 109 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.799(h)(5)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (5) Notifications provided to cable systems pursuant to this section must be either mailed to the
              system's official address of record provided in the cable system's most recent filing in the FCC's
              Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS) Form 322, or emailed to the system if the system
              has provided an email address.

[81 FR 5053, Feb. 1, 2016. Redesignated and amended at 82 FR 18251, Apr. 18, 2017]

Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations
§ 74.801 Definitions.
    600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band at 652–663 MHz that separates part 27 600 MHz service
         uplink and downlink frequencies.

    600 MHz guard band. Designated frequency band at 614–617 MHz that prevents interference between licensed
         services in the 600 MHz service band and channel 37.

    600 MHz service band. Frequencies in the 617–652 MHz and 663–698 MHz bands that are reallocated and
         reassigned for 600 MHz band services under part 27.

    Cable television system operator. A cable television operator is defined in § 76.5(cc) of the rules.

    Large venue owner or operator. Large venue owner or operator refers to a person or organization that owns or
          operates a venue that routinely uses 50 or more low power auxiliary station devices, where the use of
          such devices is an integral part of major events or productions. Routinely using 50 or more low power
          auxiliary station devices means that the venue owner or operator uses 50 or more such devices for most
          events or productions.

    Low power auxiliary station. An auxiliary station authorized and operated pursuant to the provisions set forth in
         this subpart. Devices authorized as low power auxiliary stations are intended to transmit over distances
         of approximately 100 meters for uses such as wireless microphones, cue and control communications,
         and synchronization of TV camera signals.

    Motion picture producer. Motion picture producer refers to a person or organization engaged in the production or
         filming of motion pictures.

    Professional sound company. Professional sound company refers to a person or organization that provides
          audio services that routinely use 50 or more low power auxiliary station devices, where the use of such
          devices is an integral part of major events or productions. Routinely using 50 or more low power auxiliary
          station devices means that the professional sound company uses 50 or more such devices for most
          events or productions.

    Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).

    Television program producer. Television program producer refers to a person or organization engaged in the
           production of television programs.

    Wireless assist video device. An auxiliary station authorized and operated by motion picture and television
          program producers pursuant to the provisions of this subpart. These stations are intended to transmit
          over distances of approximately 300 meters for use as an aid in composing camera shots on motion
          picture and television sets.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

47 CFR 74.801 “Wireless assist video device” (enhanced display)                                            page 110 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 74.802
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR
41842, Oct. 12, 1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 79 FR 40689, July 14, 2014; 80 FR 71728, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR 41559, Sept. 1,
2017]

§ 74.802 Frequency assignment.
     (a)

           (1) Frequencies within the following bands may be assigned for use by low power auxiliary stations:

                26.100–26.480 MHz

                54.000–72.000 MHz

                76.000–88.000 MHz

                161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands)

                174.000–216.000 MHz

                450.000–451.000 MHz

                455.000–456.000 MHz

                470.000–488.000 MHz

                488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)

                494.000–608.000 MHz

                614.000–698.000 MHz

                941.500–944.000 MHz

                944.000–952.000 MHz

                952.850–956.250 MHz

                956.45–959.85 MHz

                1435–1525 MHz

                6875.000–6900.000 MHz

                7100.000–7125.000 MHz

                 Note to paragraph (a)(1): Frequency assignments in the 614.000–698.000 MHz band are

47 CFR 74.802(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 111 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.802(a)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                subject to conditions established in proceedings pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268. This
                band is being transitioned to the 600 MHz service band, the 600 MHz guard band, and the
                600 MHz duplex gap during the post-incentive auction transition period (as defined in § 27.4
                of this chapter), which began on April 13, 2017. Low power auxiliary stations must comply
                with the applicable conditions with respect to any assignment to operate on frequencies
                repurposed for the 600 MHz service band, the 600 MHz guard band, and the 600 MHz duplex
                gap, respectively. This rule will be further updated, pursuant to public notice or subsequent
                Commission action, to reflect additional changes that implement the determinations made in
                these proceedings.

           (2) The 653.000–657.000 MHz segment of the 600 MHz duplex gap may be assigned for use by low
               power auxiliary service.

                Note to paragraph (a)(2): The specific frequencies for the 600 MHz duplex gap will be
                determined in light of further proceedings pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the rule will
                be updated accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.

     (b)

           (1) Operations in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting are limited to locations at least 4 kilometers
               outside the protected contours of co-channel TV stations shown in the following table. These
               contours are calculated using the methodology in § 73.684 of this chapter and the R–6602 curves
               contained in § 73.699 of this chapter.

                                                                                            Protected contour
                                        Type of station                                        Contour     Propagation
                                                                                 Channel
                                                                                                (dBu)         curve
                 Analog: Class A TV, LPTV,                                    Low VHF (2–6)          47             F(50,50)
                 translator and booster
                                                                              High VHF               56             F(50,50)
                                                                              (7–13)
                                                                              UHF (14–51)            64             F(50,50)
                 Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and   Low VHF (2–6)          28             F(50,90)
                 booster
                                                                              High VHF               36             F(50,90)
                                                                              (7–13)
                                                                              UHF (14–51)            41             F(50,90)

           (2) Low power auxiliary stations may operate closer to co-channel TV broadcast stations than the
               distances specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section provided that such operations either—

                (i)   Are coordinated with TV broadcast stations that could be affected by the low power auxiliary
                      station operation, and coordination is completed prior to operation of the low power auxiliary
                      station; or

47 CFR 74.802(b)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 112 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.802(b)(2)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                (ii) Are limited to an indoor location that is not being used for over-the-air television viewing, and
                     the following conditions are met with respect to the TV channel used: The TV signal falls below
                     a threshold of −84 dBm over the entire channel; the signal is scanned across the full 6
                     megahertz channel where the wireless microphones would be operated; and to the extent that
                     directional antennas are used, they are rotated to the place of maximum signal.

     (c) Specific frequency operation is required when operating within the 600 MHz duplex gap or the bands
         allocated for TV broadcasting.

          (1) The frequency selection shall be offset from the upper or lower band limits by 25 kHz or an integral
              multiple thereof.

          (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz segments within the assignable frequencies may be combined to form
              a channel whose maximum bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz.

     (d) Low power auxiliary licensees will not be granted exclusive frequency assignments.

     (e) Clearing mechanisms for the 700 MHz Band. This section sets forth provisions relating to the transition of
         low power auxiliary stations operating at 698–806 MHz (700 MHz band).

          (1) Any low power auxiliary station that operates at frequencies in the 700 MHz band while transitioning
              its operations out of that band must not cause harmful interference and must accept interference
              from any commercial or public safety wireless licensees in the 700 MHz band.

          (2) Any low power auxiliary station that operates at frequencies in the 700 MHz band will have until no
              later than June 12, 2010 to transition its operations completely out of the 700 MHz band, subject to
              the following. During this transition period, any commercial or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz
              band may choose one or both of the following voluntary methods to notify low power auxiliary
              stations:

                (i)   Any commercial or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz band may notify the Commission that
                      it has initiated or will be initiating operations on specified frequencies in a particular market(s)
                      in the 700 MHz band. The wireless operations initiated by the commercial or public safety 700
                      MHz licensees may include system testing or trials. Following receipt of the notification, the
                      Commission will issue a public notice providing that operators of low power auxiliary stations,
                      including wireless microphones, in the 700 MHz band in those market(s) will be required to
                      cease operations within 60 days after the Commission's notice is released.

                (ii) Any commercial or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz band may notify any low power
                     auxiliary station users operating in the 700 MHz band that it has initiated or will be initiating
                     operations on specified frequencies in the market in which the low power auxiliary station is
                     operating. The wireless operations initiated by the commercial or public safety 700 MHz
                     licensees may include system testing or trials. Upon receipt of such notice, the low power
                     auxiliary station in the affected market area must cease operation within 60 days.

                (iii) In the event that both of these notice provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section
                      are used with respect to a particular low power auxiliary station, the low power auxiliary station
                      will have to cease operations in the market(s) in accordance with whichever notice provides for
                      earlier termination of its operations.

          (3) Notwithstanding this 60 day notice requirement, any low power auxiliary station that causes harmful
              interference to any commercial or public safety 700 MHz licensee must cease operations
              immediately, consistent with the rules for secondary use.

47 CFR 74.802(e)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 113 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.802(f)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (f) Operations in 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part 27 of this chapter. A low power
         auxiliary station that operates on frequencies in the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under
         part 27 of this chapter must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the post-
         auction transition period, as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During the post-auction transition period,
         low power auxiliary stations will operate on a secondary basis to licensees of part 27 of this chapter, i.e.,
         they must not cause to and must accept harmful interference from these licensees, and must comply with
         the distance separations in § 15.236(e)(2) of this chapter from the areas specified in § 15.713(j)(10) of
         this chapter in which a licensee has commenced operations, as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter.

[52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 75 FR 3638, Jan. 22, 2010; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, 2014; 80
FR 71728, Nov. 17, 2015; 80 FR 73085, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 4975, Jan. 29, 2016; 82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017]

§ 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid interference.
     (a) Where two or more low power auxiliary licensees need to operate in the same area, the licensees shall
         endeavor to select frequencies or schedule operation in such manner as to avoid mutual interference. If a
         mutually satisfactory arrangement cannot be reached, the Commission shall be notified and it will specify
         the frequency or frequencies to be employed by each licensee.

     (b) The selection of frequencies in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting for use in any area shall be
         guided by the need to avoid interference to TV broadcast reception. In these bands, low power auxiliary
         station usage is secondary to TV broadcasting and land mobile stations operating in the UHF-TV
         spectrum and must not cause harmful interference. If such interference occurs, low power auxiliary
         station operation must immediately cease and may not be resumed until the interference problem has
         been resolved.

     (c) In the 941.5–944 MHz, 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85 MHz, 6875.000–6900.000
         MHz, and 7100.000–7125.000 MHz bands low power auxiliary station usage is secondary to other uses
         (e.g. Aural Broadcast Auxiliary, Television Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable Relay Service, Fixed Point to Point
         Microwave) and must not cause harmful interference. In the 941.5–944 MHz band, low power auxiliary
         station usage also is secondary to Federal operations in the band. In each of these bands, applicants are
         responsible for selecting the frequency assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference
         with other licensees in the same area. Applicants must consult local frequency coordination committees,
         where they exist, for information on frequencies available in the area. In selecting frequencies,
         consideration should be given to the relative location of receive points, normal transmission paths, and
         the nature of the contemplated operation.

     (d) In the 1435–1525 MHz band, low power auxiliary station (LPAS) authorizations are limited to operations
         at fixed locations, and only to the extent that applicable requirements have been met for the proposed
         operations at those specified locations.

           (1) Each authorization is limited to specific events or situations for which there is a need to deploy large
               numbers of LPAS for specified time periods, and use of other available spectrum resources at that
               particular location is insufficient to meet the LPAS licensee's needs.

           (2) The access to spectrum in the band must be coordinated with the frequency coordinator for
               aeronautical mobile telemetry, the Aerospace and Flight Test Radio Coordinating Committee
               (AFTRCC) prior to operations at the specified location and period of time, with AFTRCC indicating
               whether any specific frequencies in the band are unavailable for use. LPAS devices must complete
               authentication and location verification before operations begin, employ software-based controls or

47 CFR 74.803(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 114 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.803(d)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                similar functionality to prevent devices in the band from operating except in the specific channels,
                locations, and time periods that have been coordinated, and be capable of being tuned to any
                frequency in the band.

           (3) LPAS users may have access to no more than 30 megahertz of spectrum (one third of the
               1435–1525 MHz band) for their operations at the specified locations. Different users in the same
               general area each can access up to 30 megahertz of spectrum for their respective operations. All
               licensees that have successfully coordinated with AFTRCC for access to the 1435–1525 MHz band
               for operations at their specified locations in the same general area must, to the extent necessary,
               coordinate their particular access to and use of spectrum with other licensees to minimize the
               potential for interference between and among the different operations.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 80 FR 71728, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017]

§ 74.831 Scope of service and permissible transmissions.
The license for a low power auxiliary station authorizes the transmission of cues and orders to production
personnel and participants in broadcast programs, motion pictures, and major events or productions and in the
preparation therefor, the transmission of program material by means of a wireless microphone worn by a performer
and other participants in a program, motion picture, or major event or production during rehearsal and during the
actual broadcast, filming, recording, or event or production, or the transmission of comments, interviews, and
reports from the scene of a remote broadcast. Low power auxiliary stations operating in the 941.5–944 MHz,
944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz, and 7100–7125 MHz bands may, in
addition, transmit synchronizing signals and various control signals to portable or hand-carried TV cameras which
employ low power radio signals in lieu of cable to deliver picture signals to the control point at the scene of a
remote broadcast.

[82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017]

§ 74.832 Licensing requirements and procedures.
     (a) A license authorizing operation of one or more low power auxiliary stations will be issued only to the
         following:

           (1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or International broadcast station or low power TV station. Low power
               auxiliary stations will be licensed for used with a specific broadcast or low power TV station or
               combination of stations licensed to the same licensee within the same community.

           (2) A broadcast network entity.

           (3) A cable television system operator who operates a cable system that produces program material for
               origination or access cablecasting, as defined in § 76.5(r).

           (4) Motion picture producers as defined in § 74.801.

           (5) Television program producers as defined in § 74.801.

           (6) Licensees and conditional licensees of stations in the Broadband Radio Service as defined in section
               27.1200 of this chapter, or entities that hold an executed lease agreement with a Broadband Radio
               Service or Educational Broadband Service licensee.

           (7) Large venue owners or operators as defined in § 74.801.

47 CFR 74.832(a)(7) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 115 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.832(a)(8)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (8) Professional sound companies as defined in § 74.801.

     (b) An application for a new or renewal of low power auxiliary license shall specify the frequency band or
         bands desired. Only those frequency bands necessary for satisfactory operation shall be requested.

     (c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, and International broadcast stations; low power TV stations; and broadcast
         network entities may be authorized to operate low power auxiliary stations in the frequency bands set
         forth in § 74.802(a).

     (d) Cable television operations, motion picture and television program producers, large venue owners or
         operators, and professional sound companies may be authorized to operate low power auxiliary stations
         in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the 653–657 MHz band, the 941.5–944 MHz band, the
         944–952 MHz band, the 952.850–956.250 MHz band, the 956.45–959.85 MHz band, the 1435–1525
         MHz band, the 6875–6900 MHz band, and the 7100–7125 MHz band. In the 6875–6900 MHz and
         7100–7125 MHz bands, entities eligible to hold licenses for cable television relay service stations (see §
         78.13 of this chapter) shall also be eligible to hold licenses for low power auxiliary stations.

     (e) An application for low power auxiliary stations or for a change in an existing authorization shall specify
         the broadcast station, or the network with which the low power broadcast auxiliary facilities are to be
         principally used as given in paragraph (h) of this section; or it shall specify the motion picture or television
         production company, the cable television operator, the professional sound company, or, if applicable, the
         venue with which the low power broadcast auxiliary facilities are to be solely used. A single application,
         filed on FCC Form 601 may be used in applying for the authority to operate one or more low power
         auxiliary units. The application must specify the frequency bands which will be used. Motion picture
         producers, television program producers, cable television operators, large venue owners or operators, and
         professional sound companies are required to attach a single sheet to their application form explaining in
         detail the manner in which the eligibility requirements given in paragraph (a) of this section are met. In
         addition, large venue owners or operators and professional sound companies shall include on the
         attachment the following certification and shall sign and date the certification: “The applicant hereby
         certifies that it routinely uses 50 or more low power auxiliary station devices, where the use of such
         devices is an integral part of major events or productions.”

     (f) Applications for the use of the bands allocated for TV broadcasting must specify the usual area of
         operation within which the low power auxiliary station will be used. This area of operation may, for
         example, be specified as the metropolitan area in which the broadcast licensee serves, the usual area
         within which motion picture and television producers are operating, or the location of the venue. Licenses
         issued to large venue owners or operators are specific to a single venue and authorize operation only at
         that venue. Because low power auxiliary stations operating in these bands will only be permitted in areas
         removed from existing co-channel TV broadcast stations, licensees have full responsibility to ensure that
         operation of their stations does not occur at distances less than those specified in § 74.802(b).

     (g) Low power auxiliary licensees shall specify the maximum number of units that will be operated.

     (h) For broadcast licensees, low power auxiliary stations will be licensed for use with a specific broadcast
         station or combination of broadcast stations licensed to the same licensee and to the same community.
         Licensing of low power auxiliary stations for use with a specific broadcast station or combination of such
         stations does not preclude their use with other broadcast stations of the same or a different licensee at
         any location. Operation of low power auxiliary stations outside the area of operation specified in the
         authorization, or in other bands is permitted without further authority of the Commission. However,
         operation of low power auxiliary stations shall, at all times, be in accordance with the requirements of §
         74.882 of this subpart. Also, a low power auxiliary station that is being used with a broadcast station or

47 CFR 74.832(h) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 116 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.832(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           network other than one with which it is licensed, must, in addition to meeting the requirements of §
           74.861 of this subpart, not cause harmful interference to another low power auxiliary station which is
           being used with the broadcast station(s) or network with which it is licensed.

     (i)   In case of permanent discontinuance of operations of a station licensed under this subpart, the licensee
           shall cancel the station license using FCC Form 601. For purposes of this section, a station which is not
           operated for a period of one year is considered to have been permanently discontinued.

     (j)   The license shall be retained in the licensee's files at the address shown on the authorization.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18, 1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51
FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16,
1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 79 FR 40689, July 14, 2014; 80 FR 71729, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR
41560, Sept. 1, 2017; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 74.833 Temporary authorizations.
     (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for low power auxiliary station operation which cannot be
         conducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such authority will normally be granted only for operations of a
         temporary nature. Where operation is seen as likely on a continuing annual basis, an application for a
         regular authorization should be submitted.

     (b) A request for special temporary authority for the operation of a remote pickup broadcast station must be
         made in accordance with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter.

     (c) All requests for special temporary authority of a low power auxiliary station must include full particulars
         including: licensees name and address, statement of eligibility, facility identification number of the
         associated broadcast station (if any), type and manufacturer of equipment, power output, emission,
         frequency or frequencies proposed to be used, commencement and termination date, location of
         proposed operation, and purpose for which request is made including any particular justification.

     (d) A request for special temporary authority shall specify a frequency band consistent with the provisions of
         § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of events of wide-spread interest and importance which cannot be
         transmitted successfully on these frequencies, frequencies assigned to other services may be requested
         upon a showing that operation thereon will not cause interference to established stations: And provided
         further, In no case will operation of a low power auxiliary broadcast station be authorized on frequencies
         employed for the safety of life and property.

     (e) The user shall have full control over the transmitting equipment during the period it is operated.

     (f) Special temporary authority to permit operation of low power auxiliary stations pending Commission
         action on an application for regular authority will not normally be granted.

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14, 1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68
FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture, import, sale, lease, offer for
sale or lease, or shipment of devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band or the 600 MHz Band;
labeling for 700 MHz or 600 MHz band equipment destined for non-U.S. markets; disclosures.
     (a) Applications for new low power auxiliary stations will not be accepted unless the transmitting equipment
         specified therein has been certificated for use pursuant to provisions of this subpart.
47 CFR 74.851(a) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 117 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.851(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Any manufacturer of a transmitter to be used in this service may apply for certification for such
         transmitter following the certification procedure set forth in part 2 of the Commission's Rules and
         Regulations. Attention is also directed to part 1 of the Commission's Rules and Regulations which
         specifies the fees required when filing an application for certification.

     (c) An applicant for a low power auxiliary station may also apply for certification for an individual transmitter
         by following the certification procedure set forth in part 2 of the Commission's Rules and Regulations. The
         application for certification must be accompanied by the proper fees as prescribed in part 1 of the
         Commission's Rules and Regulations.

     (d) Low power auxiliary station equipment authorized to be used pursuant to an application accepted for
         filing prior to December 1, 1977 may continue to be used by the licensee or its successors or assignees:
         Provided, however, If operation of such equipment causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply
         with the technical standards set forth in this subpart, the Commission may, at its discretion, require the
         licensee to take such corrective action as is necessary to eliminate the interference.

     (e) Each instrument of authority which permits operation of a low power auxiliary station using equipment
         which has not been certificated will specify the particular transmitting equipment which the licensee is
         authorized to use.

     (f) All transmitters marketed for use under this subpart shall be certificated by the Federal Communications
         Commission for this purpose. (Refer to subpart I of part 2 of the Commission's rules and regulations.)

     (g) No person shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, or ship low power auxiliary
         stations that are capable of operating in the 700 MHz band (698–806 MHz). This prohibition does not
         apply to devices manufactured solely for export.

     (h) Any person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease low power auxiliary stations,
         including wireless microphones, that are destined for non-U.S. markets and that are capable of operating
         in the 700 MHz band shall include labeling and make clear in all sales, marketing, and packaging
         materials, including online materials, relating to such devices that the devices cannot be operated in the
         U.S.

     (i)   As of January 13, 2018, applications for certification shall no longer be accepted for low power auxiliary
           stations or wireless video assist devices that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the
           600 MHz guard band, or for low power auxiliary stations that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
           duplex gap unless the operations are limited to the 653–657 MHz segment.

     (j)   As of October 13, 2018, no person shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, or ship low
           power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
           service band or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary stations that are capable of operating in
           the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the operations are limited to the 653–657 MHz segment. This prohibition
           does not apply to devices manufactured solely for export.

     (k) As of October 13, 2018, any person who manufacturers, sells, leases, or offer for sale or lease low power
         auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are destined for non-U.S. markets and that are
         capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary
         stations that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless such operations are limited to
         the 653–657 MHz segment, shall include labeling and make clear in all sales, marketing, and packaging
         materials, including online materials, relating to such devices that the devices cannot be operated in the
         United States.

47 CFR 74.851(k) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 118 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.851(l)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (l)   Disclosure requirements for low power auxiliary stations and wireless video assist devices capable of
           operating in the 600 MHz service band. Any person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or
           lease low power auxiliary stations or wireless video devices that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
           service band on or after July 13, 2017, is subject to the following disclosure requirements:

           (1) Such persons must display the consumer disclosure text, as specified by the Consumer and
               Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the point of sale or lease of each such low power auxiliary station or
               wireless video assist device. The text must be displayed in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible
               manner. One way to fulfill the requirement in this section is to display the consumer disclosure text in
               a prominent manner on the product box by using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise
               affixed to the box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill this requirement is to display the
               text immediately adjacent to each low power auxiliary station or wireless video assist device offered
               for sale or lease and clearly associated with the model to which it pertains.

           (2) If such persons offer such low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist device via direct mail,
               catalog, or electronic means, they shall prominently display the consumer disclosure text in close
               proximity to the images and descriptions of each such low power auxiliary station or wireless video
               assist device. The text should be in a size large enough to be clear, conspicuous, and readily legible,
               consistent with the dimensions of the advertisement or description.

           (3) If such persons have Web sites pertaining to these low power auxiliary stations or wireless video
               assist devices, the consumer disclosure text must be displayed there in a clear, conspicuous, and
               readily legible manner (even in the event such persons do not sell low power auxiliary stations or
               wireless video assist devices directly to the public).

           (4) The consumer disclosure text described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section is set forth as Figure 1 to
               this paragraph.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998;
75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010; 80 FR 71729, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR 41561, Sept. 1, 2017; 83 FR 10640, 10643, Mar. 12, 2018]

47 CFR 74.851(l)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 119 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.852
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.852 Equipment changes.
     (a) The licensee of a low power auxiliary station may make any changes in the equipment that are deemed
         desirable or necessary, including replacement with certificated equipment, without prior Commission
         approval: Provided, The proposed changes will not depart from any of the terms of the station
         authorization or the Commission's technical rules governing this service: And provided further, That any
         changes made to certificated transmitted equipment shall be in compliance with the provisions of part 2
         of the Commission's rules and regulations concerning modification of certificated equipment.

     (b) Any equipment changes made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be set forth in the next
         application for renewal of license.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998]

§ 74.861 Technical requirements.
     (a) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, transmitter power is the power at the transmitter
         output terminals and delivered to the antenna, antenna transmission line, or any other impedance-
         matched, radio frequency load. For the purpose of this subpart, the transmitter power is the carrier power.

     (b) Each authorization for a new low power auxiliary station shall require the use of certificated equipment.
         Such equipment shall be operated in accordance with the emission specifications included in the
         certification grant and as prescribed in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section.

     (c) Low power auxiliary transmitters not required to operate on specific carrier frequencies shall operate
         sufficiently within the authorized frequency band edges to insure the emission bandwidth falls entirely
         within the authorized band.

     (d) For low power auxiliary stations operating in the bands other than those allocated for TV broadcasting, the
         following technical requirements are imposed.

           (1) For all bands except the 1435–1525 MHz band, the maximum transmitter power which will be
               authorized is 1 watt. In the 1435–1525 MHz band, the maximum transmitter power which will be
               authorized is 250 milliwatts. Licensees may accept the manufacturer's power rating; however, it is
               the licensee's responsibility to observe specified power limits.

           (2) If a low power auxiliary station employs amplitude modulation, modulation shall not exceed 100
               percent on positive or negative peaks.

           (3) For the 26.1–26.480 MHz, 161.625–161.775 MHz, 450–451 MHz, and 455–456 MHz bands, the
               occupied bandwidth shall not be greater than that necessary for satisfactory transmission and, in
               any event, an emission appearing on any discrete frequency outside the authorized band shall be
               attenuated, at least, 43+10 log10 (mean output power, in watts) dB below the mean output power of
               the transmitting unit. The requirements of this paragraph shall also apply to the applications for
               certification of equipment for the 944–952 MHz band until January 13, 2018.

           (4)

                 (i)   For the 653–657 MHz, 941.5–944 MHz, 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85
                       MHz, 1435–1525 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz bands, analog emissions within
                       the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall

47 CFR 74.861(d)(4)(i) (enhanced display)                                                             page 120 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.861(d)(4)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                      comply with the emission mask in section 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommunications
                      Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic compatibility and
                      Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;
                      Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Beyond one megahertz below
                      and above the carrier frequency, emissions shall comply with the limits specified in section 8.4
                      of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).

                (ii) For the 653–657 MHz, 941.5–944 MHz, 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85
                     MHz, and 1435–1525 MHz bands, digital emissions within the band from one megahertz below
                     to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in section
                     8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the European Telecommunications Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1
                     v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
                     microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; part 1: Technical characteristics and
                     methods of measurement. Beyond one megahertz below and above the carrier frequency,
                     emissions shall comply with the limits specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
                     (2011–08).

                (iii) In the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz bands, digital emissions within the band from one
                      megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission
                      mask in section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 5) of the European Telecommunications Institute Standard ETSI
                      EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters
                      (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; part 1: Technical
                      characteristics and methods of measurement. Beyond one megahertz below and above the
                      carrier frequency, emissions shall comply with the limits specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300
                      422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).

                (iv) For the 944–952 MHz band, the requirements of this paragraph (d)(4) shall not apply to the
                     applications for certification of equipment for that band until nine months after release of the
                     Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this
                     chapter.

     (e) For low power auxiliary stations operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap and the bands allocated for TV
         broadcasting, the following technical requirements apply:

          (1) The power may not exceed the following values.

                (i)   54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz bands: 50 mW EIRP

                (ii) 470–608 and 614–698: 250 mW conducted power

                (iii) 600 MHz duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP

          (2) Transmitters may be either crystal controlled or frequency synthesized.

          (3) Any form of modulation may be used. A maximum deviation of ±75 kHz is permitted when frequency
              modulation is employed.

          (4) The frequency tolerance of the transmitter shall be 0.005 percent.

          (5) The operating bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz.

          (6) The mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the mean output power of the transmitter in
              accordance with the following schedule:

47 CFR 74.861(e)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 121 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.861(e)(6)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (i)   On any frequency removed from the operating frequency by more than 50 percent up to and
                       including 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 25 dB;

                (ii) On any frequency removed from the operating frequency by more than 100 percent up to and
                     including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 35 dB;

                (iii) On any frequency removed from the operating frequency by more than 250 percent of the
                      authorized bandwidth: at least 43 + 10log10 (mean output power in watts) dB.

           (7) Analog emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier
               frequency shall comply with the emission mask in section 8.3.1.2 of the European
               Telecommunications Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic
               compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
               frequency range; part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Digital emissions
               within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall
               comply with the emission mask in section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the European Telecommunications
               Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio
               spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; part 1:
               Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Beyond one megahertz below and above
               the carrier frequency, emissions shall comply with the limits specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300
               422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08). The requirements of this paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply to applications
               for certification of equipment in these bands until nine months after release of the Commission's
               Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in § 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.

     (f) Unusual transmitting antennas or antenna elevations shall not be used to deliberately extend the range of
         low power auxiliary stations beyond the limited areas defined in § 74.831.

     (g) Low power auxiliary stations shall be operated so that no harmful interference is caused to any other
         class of station operating in accordance with Commission's rules and regulations and with the Table of
         Frequency Allocations in part 2 thereof.

     (h) In the event a station's emissions outside its authorized frequency band causes harmful interference, the
         Commission may, at its discretion, require the licensee to take such further steps as may be necessary to
         eliminate the interference.

     (i)   Incorporation by reference. The material listed in this paragraph (i) is incorporated by reference in this
           section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
           CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the FCC must publish a
           document in the FEDERAL REGISTER and the material must be available to the public. All approved
           incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at the FCC and the National Archives
           and Records Administration (NARA). Contact the FCC through the Federal Communications Commission's
           Reference Information Center, phone: (202) 418–0270. For information on the availability of this material
           at NARA, visit www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html or email fr.inspection@nara.gov.
           The material may be obtained from the following source in this paragraph (i):

           (1) European Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis
               Cedex, France. A copy of the standard is also available at http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/
               300400_300499/30042201/01.03.02_60/en_30042201v010302p.pdf.

47 CFR 74.861(i)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 122 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.861(i)(1)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                  (i)   ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08): “Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum
                        Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical
                        characteristics and methods of measurement,” Copyright 2011, IBR approved for section
                        15.236(g).

                  (ii) [Reserved]

           (2) [Reserved].

[43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010; 80
FR 71730, Nov. 17, 2015; 80 FR 73085, Nov. 23, 2015; 82 FR 41561, Sept. 1, 2017; 85 FR 64409, Oct. 13, 2020; 88 FR 21448, Apr.
10, 2023]

§ 74.870 Wireless video assist devices.
Television broadcast auxiliary licensees and motion picture and television producers, as defined in § 74.801 may
operate wireless video assist devices on a non-interference basis on VHF and UHF television channels to assist with
production activities.

     (a) The use of wireless video assist devices must comply with all provisions of this subpart, except as
         indicated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section.

     (b) Wireless video assist devices may only be used for scheduled productions. They may not be used to
         produce live events and may not be used for electronic news gathering purposes.

     (c) Wireless video assist devices may operate with a bandwidth not to exceed 6 MHz on frequencies in the
         bands 180–210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698 MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to the
         following restrictions:

           (1) The bandwidth may only occupy a single TV channel.

           (2) Operation is prohibited within the 608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band.

           (3) Operation is prohibited within 129 km of a television broadcasting station, including Class A
               television stations, low power television stations and translator stations.

           (4) For the area and frequency combinations listed in the table below, operation is prohibited within the
               distances indicated from the listed geographic coordinates.

                  Note to the following table: All coordinates are referenced to the North American Datum of
                  1983.

                                                                 Excluded            Excluded channels
                                North          West
           Area                                                frequencies         200      128
                               latitude      longitude                                              52 km
                                                                  (MHz)            km       km
 Boston, MA                  42°21′24.4″   71°03′23.2″                470–476         14
                                                                      476–482                  15
                                                                      482–488         16
                                                                      488–494                  17
 Chicago, IL                 41°52′28.1″   87°38′22.2″                470–476         14

47 CFR 74.870(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 123 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.870(c)(4)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                             Excluded        Excluded channels
                              North          West
             Area                                          frequencies      200    128
                             latitude      longitude                                      52 km
                                                              (MHz)         km     km
                                                                  476–482     15
                                                                  482–488            16
                 1
 Cleveland, OH             41°29′51.2″   81°41′49.5″              470–476     14
                                                                  476–482            15
                                                                  482–488     16
                                                                  488–494            17
 Dallas/Fort Worth, TX     32°47′09.5″   96°47′38.0″              476–482            15
                                                                  482–488     16
                                                                  488–494            17
 Detroit, MI1              42°19′48.1″   83°02′56.7″              470–476            14
                                                                  476–482     15
                                                                  482–488            16
                                                                  488–494     17
 Gulf of Mexico                                                   476–494                  15, 16,
                                                                                               17
 Hawaii                                                           488–494                        17
 Houston, TX               29°45′26.8″   95°21′37.8″              482–488            16
                                                                  488–494     17
                                                                  494–500            18
 Los Angeles, CA           34°03′15.0″   118°14′31.3″             470–476     14
                                                                  476–482            15
                                                                  482–488     16
                                                                  488–494            17
                                                                  500–506            19
                                                                  506–512     20
                                                                  512–518            21
 Miami, Fl                 25°46′38.4″   80°11′31.2″              470–476     14
                                                                  476–482            15
 New York/NE New           40°45′        73°59′37.5″              470–476     14
 Jersey
                                                                  476–482     15
                                                                  482–488     16
                                                                  488–494            17
                                                                  494–500            18
                                                                  500–506     19
                                                                  506–512            20
 Philadelphia, PA          39°56′58.4″   75°09′19.6″              494–500            18
                                                                  500–506     19
                                                                  506–512     20

47 CFR 74.870(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                page 124 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.870(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                              Excluded          Excluded channels
                                North           West
           Area                                             frequencies       200      128
                               latitude       longitude                                        52 km
                                                               (MHz)          km       km
                                                                  512–518                21
 Pittsburgh, PA              40°26′19.2″    79°59′59.2″           470–476        14
                                                                  476–482                15
                                                                  488–494                17
                                                                  494–500        18
                                                                  500–506                19
 San Francisco/Oakland,      37°46′38.7″    122°24′43.9″          476–482                15
 CA
                                                                  482–488        16
                                                                  488–494        17
                                                                  494–500                18
 Washington D.C./MD/VA       38°53′51.4″    77°00′31.9″           482–488                16
                                                                  488–494        17
                                                                  494–500        18
                                                                  500–506                19

1 The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from
the Commission.

     (d) Wireless video assist devices are limited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts ERP and must limit power to
         that necessary to reliably receive a signal at a distance of 300 meters. Wireless video assist devices must
         comply with the emission limitations of § 74.637.

     (e) The antenna of a wireless video assist device must be attached to the transmitter either permanently, or
         by means of a unique connector designed to allow replacement of authorized antennas but prevent the
         use of unauthorized antennas. When transmitting, the antenna must not be more that 10 meters above
         ground level.

     (f)

           (1) A license for a wireless video assist device will authorize the license holder to use all frequencies
               available for wireless video assist devices, subject to the limitations specified in this section.

           (2) Licensees may operate as many wireless video assist devices as necessary, subject to the
               notification procedures of this section.

     (g) Notification procedure. Prior to the commencement of transmitting, licensees must notify the local
         broadcasting coordinator of their intent to transmit. If there is no local coordinator in the intended area of
         operation, licensees must notify all adjacent channel TV stations within 161 km (100 mi) of the proposed
         operating area.

           (1) Notification must be made at least 10 working days prior to the date of intended transmission.

           (2) Notifications must include:

                  (i)   Frequency or frequencies.

47 CFR 74.870(g)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 125 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.870(g)(2)(ii)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (ii) Location.

                 (iii) Antenna height.

                 (iv) Emission type(s).

                 (v) Effective radiated power.

                 (vi) Intended dates of operation.

                 (vii) Licensee contact information.

           (3)

                 (i)   Failure of a local coordinator to respond to a notification request prior to the intended dates of
                       operation indicated on the request will be considered as having the approval of the coordinator.
                       In this case, licensees must in addition notify all co-channel and adjacent channel TV stations
                       within 161 km (100 mi) of the proposed operating area. This notification is for information
                       purposes only and will not enable TV stations to prevent a WAVD from operating, but is
                       intended to help identify the source of interference if any is experienced after a WAVD begins
                       operation.

                 (ii) If there is no local coordinator in the intended area of operation, failure of any adjacent channel
                      TV station to respond to a notification request prior to the intended dates of operation indicated
                      on the request will be considered as having the approval of the TV station.

           (4) Licensees must operate in a manner consistent with the response of the local coordinator, or, if there
               is no local coordinator in the intended area of operation, the responses of the adjacent channel TV
               stations. Disagreements may be appealed to the Commission. However, in those instances, the
               licensee will bear the burden of proof and proceeding to overturn the recommendation of the local
               coordinator or the co-channel or adjacent channel TV station.

     (h) Licenses for wireless video assist devices may not be transferred or assigned.

     (i)   Operations in 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part 27 of this chapter. A wireless video
           assist device that operates on frequencies in the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part
           27of this chapter must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the post-auction
           transition period as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During the post-auction transition period, wireless
           video assist devices will operate on a secondary basis to licensees of part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they
           must not cause to and must accept harmful interference from these licensees.

[68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, 2014]

§ 74.882 Station identification.
     (a) For transmitters used for voice transmissions and having a transmitter output power exceeding 50 mW, an
         announcement shall be made at the beginning and end of each period of operation at a single location,
         over the transmitting unit being operated, identifying the transmitting unit's call sign or designator, its
         location, and the call sign of the broadcasting station or name of the licensee with which it is being used.
         A period of operation may consist of a continuous transmission or intermittent transmissions pertaining
         to a single event.

47 CFR 74.882(a) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 126 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 74.882(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Each wireless video assist device, when transmitting, must transmit station identification at the beginning
         and end of each period of operation. Identification may be made by transmitting the station call sign by
         visual or aural means or by automatic transmission in international Morse telegraphy.

           (1) A period of operation is defined as a single uninterrupted transmission or a series of intermittent
               transmissions from a single location.

           (2) Station identification shall be performed in a manner conducive to prompt association of the signal
               source with the responsible licensee. In exercising the discretion provide by this rule, licensees are
               expected too act in a responsible manner to assure that result.

[68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003]

Subparts I–K [Reserved]

Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations

Source: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unless otherwise noted.

§ 74.1201 Definitions.
     (a) FM translator. A station in the broadcasting service operated for the purpose of retransmitting the signals
         of an AM or FM radio broadcast station or another FM broadcast translator station without significantly
         altering any characteristics of the incoming signal other than its frequency and amplitude, in order to
         provide radio broadcast service to the general public.

     (b) Commercial FM translator. An FM broadcast translator station which rebroadcasts the signals of a
         commercial AM or FM radio broadcast station.

     (c) Noncommercial FM translator. An FM broadcast translator station which rebroadcasts the signals of a
         noncommercial educational AM or FM radio broadcast station.

     (d) Primary station. The AM or FM radio broadcast station radiating the signals which are retransmitted by an
         FM broadcast translator station or an FM broadcast booster station.

     (e) AM or FM radio broadcast station. When used in this Subpart L, the term AM broadcast station or AM
         radio broadcast station or FM broadcast station or FM radio broadcast station refers to commercial and
         noncommercial educational AM or FM radio broadcast stations as defined in § 2.1 of this chapter, unless
         the context indicates otherwise.

     (f) FM broadcast booster station. A station in the broadcasting service operated for the sole purpose of
         retransmitting the signals of an FM radio broadcast station, by amplifying and reradiating such signals,
         without significantly altering any characteristic of the incoming signal other than its amplitude. Unless
         specified otherwise, this term includes LPFM boosters as defined in paragraph (l) of this section.

     (g) Translator coverage contour. For a fill-in FM translator rebroadcasting an FM radio broadcast station as its
         primary station, the FM translator's coverage contour must be contained within the primary station's
         coverage contour. For purposes of this rule section, the coverage contour of the FM translator has the
         same field strength value as the protected contour of the primary FM station (i.e., for a commercial Class
         B FM station it is the predicted 0.5 mV/m field strength contour, for a commercial Class B1 FM station it is
         the predicted 0.7 mV/m field strength contour, and for all other classes of FM stations it is the predicted 1
47 CFR 74.1201(g) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 127 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.1201(h)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           mV/m field strength contour). The coverage contour of an FM translator rebroadcasting an AM radio
           broadcast station as its primary station must be contained within the greater of either the 2 mV/m
           daytime contour of the AM station or a 25-mile (40 km) radius centered at the AM transmitter site. The
           protected contour for an FM translator station is its predicted 1 mV/m contour.

     (h) Fill-in area. The area where the coverage contour of an FM translator or booster station is within the
         protected contour of the associated primary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for commercial
         Class B stations, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 stations, and predicted 1 mV/m
         contour for all other classes of stations).

     (i)   Other area. The area where the coverage contour of an FM translator station extends beyond the
           protected contour of the primary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for commercial Class B
           stations, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour
           for all other classes of stations).

     (j)   AM Fill-in area. The area within the greater of the 2 mV/m daytime contour of the AM radio broadcast
           station being rebroadcast or a 25-mile (40 km) radius centered at the AM transmitter site.

     (k) Listener complaint. A statement that is signed and dated by the listener and contains the following
         information:

           (1) The complainant's full name, address, and phone number;

           (2) A clear, concise, and accurate description of the location where interference is alleged or predicted to
               occur;

           (3) A statement that the complainant listens over-the-air to the desired station at least twice a month;
               and

           (4) A statement that the complainant has no legal, financial, employment, or familial affiliation or
               relationship with the desired station.

     (l)   LPFM booster. An FM broadcast booster station as defined in paragraph (f) of this section that is
           commonly-owned by an LPFM station for the purpose of retransmitting the signals of the commonly-
           owned LPFM station.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990;
74 FR 45129, Sept. 1, 2009; 82 FR 13072, Mar. 9, 2017; 84 FR 27740, June 14, 2019; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020; 87 FR 15344,
Mar. 18, 2022]

Effective Date Note: At 82 FR 13072, Mar. 9, 2017, § 74.1201 was amended by revising the last two sentences
of paragraph (g), effective Apr. 10, 2017. At 82 FR 13069, Mar. 9, 2017, the effective date was delayed indefinitely
pending Office of Management and Budget approval of a nonsubstantive change in the rule as originally proposed.

§ 74.1202 Frequency assignment.
     (a) An applicant for a new FM broadcast translator station or for changes in the facilities of an authorized
         translator station shall endeavor to select a channel on which its operation is not likely to cause
         interference to the reception of other stations. The application must be specific with regard to the
         frequency requested. Only one output channel will be assigned to each translator station.

47 CFR 74.1202(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 128 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.1202(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) Subject to compliance with all the requirements of this subpart, FM broadcast translators may be
         authorized to operate on the following FM channels, regardless of whether they are assigned for local use
         in the FM Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b) of this chapter):

           (1) Commercial FM translators: Channels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of this chapter.

           (2) Noncommercial FM translators: Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201 of this chapter. Use of
               reserved channels 201–220 is subject to the restrictions specified in § 73.501 of this chapter.

     (c) An FM broadcast booster station will be assigned the channel assigned to its primary station.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR 12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55
FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 87 FR 15344, Mar. 18, 2022]

§ 74.1203 Interference.
     (a) An authorized FM translator or booster station will not be permitted to continue to operate if it causes any
         actual interference to:

           (1) The transmission of any authorized broadcast station; or

           (2) The reception of the input signal of any TV translator, TV booster, FM translator or FM booster
               station; or

           (3) The direct reception by the public of the off-the-air signals of any full-service station or previously
               authorized secondary station. Interference will be considered to occur whenever reception of a
               regularly used signal is impaired by the signals radiated by the FM translator or booster station,
               regardless of the channel on which the protected signal is transmitted; except that no listener
               complaint will be considered actionable if the alleged interference occurs outside the desired
               station's 45 dBu contour. Interference is demonstrated by:

                 (i)   The required minimum number of valid listener complaints as determined using Table 1 of this
                       section and defined in § 74.1201(k) of this part;

                 (ii) A map plotting the specific location of the alleged interference in relation to the complaining
                      station's 45 dBu contour;

                (iii) A statement that the complaining station is operating within its licensed parameters;

                (iv) A statement that the complaining station licensee has used commercially reasonable efforts to
                     inform the relevant translator licensee of the claimed interference and attempted private
                     resolution; and

                 (v) U/D data demonstrating that at each listener location the undesired to desired signal strength
                     exceeds −20 dB for co-channel situations, −6 dB for first-adjacent channel situations or 40 dB
                     for second- or third-adjacent channel situations, calculated using the methodology set out in §
                     74.1204(b).

47 CFR 74.1203(a)(3)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 129 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.1203(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                                                        Table 1 to § 74.1203(a)(3)

                                                                                                            Minimum
                                                                                                             listener
                                                                                                           complaints
                                           Population within protected contour                              required
                                                                                                                for
                                                                                                          interference
                                                                                                               claim
                       1–199,999                                                                                            6
                       200,000–299,999                                                                                      7
                       300,000–399,999                                                                                      8
                       400,000–499,999                                                                                      9
                       500,000–999,999                                                                                    10
                       1,000,000–1,499,999                                                                                15
                       1,500,000–1,999,999                                                                                20
                       2,000,000 or more                                                                                  25
                       LPFM stations with fewer than 5,000                                                                  3

     (b) If interference cannot be properly eliminated by the application of suitable techniques, operation of the
         offending FM translator or booster station shall be suspended and shall not be resumed until the
         interference has been eliminated. Short test transmissions may be made during the period of suspended
         operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures.

     (c) An FM booster station will be exempted from the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to
         the extent that it may cause limited interference to its primary station's signal, provided it does not disrupt
         the existing service of its primary station or cause such interference within the boundaries of the principal
         community of its primary station.

     (d) A fill-in FM translator operating on the first, second or third adjacent channel to its primary station's
         channel will be exempt from the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to the extent that it
         may cause limited interference to its primary station's signal, provided it does not disrupt the existing
         service of its primary station or cause such interference within the boundaries of the principal community
         of its primary station.

     (e) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of an FM translator or FM booster station to correct any
         condition of interference which results from the radiation of radio frequency energy by its equipment on
         any frequency outside the assigned channel. Upon notice by the Commission to the station licensee that
         such interference is being caused, the operation of the FM translator or FM booster station shall be
         suspended within three minutes and shall not be resumed until the interference has been eliminated or it
         can be demonstrated that the interference is not due to spurious emissions by the FM translator or FM
         booster station; provided, however, that short test transmissions may be made during the period of
         suspended operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures.

[55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 84 FR 27740, June 14, 2019; 86 FR 13663, Mar. 10, 2021]

47 CFR 74.1203(e) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 130 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.1204
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM Translator and LP100 stations.
     (a) An application for an FM translator station will not be accepted for filing if the proposed operation would
         involve overlap of predicted field contours with any other authorized commercial or noncommercial
         educational FM broadcast stations, FM translators, and Class D (secondary) noncommercial educational
         FM stations; or if it would result in new or increased overlap with an LP100 station, as set forth:

          (1) Commercial Class B FM Stations (Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m)

                    Frequency              Interference contour of proposed       Protected contour of commercial Class
                    separation                     translator station                           B station
                Co-channel          0.05 mV/m (34 dBu)                           0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)
                200 kHz             0.25 mV/m (48 dBu)                           0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)
                400 kHz/ 600 kHz 50.0 mV/m (94 dBu)                              0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)

          (2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations (Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m)

                    Frequency             Interference contour of proposed        Protected contour of commercial Class
                    separation                    translator station                            B1 station
                Co-channel          0.07 mV/m (37 dBu)                           0.7 mV/m (57 dBu)
                200 kHz             0.35 mV/m (51 dBu)                           0.5 mV/m (57 dBu)
                400 kHz/ 600 kHz 70.0 mV/m (97 dBu)                              0.7 mV/m (57 dBu)

          (3) All Other Classes of FM Stations (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m)

                      Frequency               Interference contour of proposed         Protected contour of any other
                      separation                          translator                              station
                Co-channel                0.1 mV/m (40 dBu)                         1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                200 kHz                   0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)                         1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                400 kHz/ 600 kHz          100 mV/m (100 dBu)                        1 mV/m (60 dBu)

          (4) LP100 stations (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m)

                                             Interference contour of proposed
                     Frequency                                                       Protected contour of LP100 LPFM
                                                         translator
                     separation                                                                   station
                                                           station
                Co-channel            0.1 mV/m (40 dBu)                           1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                200 kHz               0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)                           1 mV/m (60 dBu)

           Note to paragraph (a)(4): LP100 stations, to the purposes of determining overlap pursuant to this
           paragraph, LPFM applications and permits that have not yet been licensed must be considered as
           operating with the maximum permitted facilities. All LPFM TIS stations must be protected on the
           basis of a nondirectional antenna.

47 CFR 74.1204(a)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 131 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.1204(b)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (b) The following standards must be used to compute the distances to the pertinent contours:

          (1) The distances to the protected contours are computed using Figure 1 of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves]
              of this chapter.

          (2) The distances to the interference contours are computed using Figure 1a of § 73.333 [F(50,10)
              curves] of this chapter. In the event that the distance to the contour is below 16 kilometers
              (approximately 10 miles), and therefore not covered by Figure 1a, curves in Figure 1 must be used.

          (3) The effective radiated power (ERP) to be used is the maximum ERP of the main radiated lobe in the
              pertinent azimuthal direction. If the transmitting antenna is not horizontally polarized only, either the
              vertical component or the horizontal component of the ERP should be used, whichever is greater in
              the pertinent azimuthal direction.

          (4) The antenna height to be used is the height of the radiation center above the average terrain along
              each pertinent radial, determined in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter.

     (c) An application for a change (other than a change in channel) in the authorized facilities of an FM
         translator station will be accepted even though overlap of field strength contours would occur with
         another station in an area where such overlap does not already exist, if:

          (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be increased:

          (2) The area of overlap with any other station would not increase;

          (3) The area of overlap does not move significantly closer to the station receiving the overlap; and,

          (4) No area of overlap would be created with any station with which the overlap does not now exist.

     (d) The provisions of this section concerning prohibited overlap will not apply where the area of such overlap
         lies entirely over water. In addition, an application otherwise precluded by this section will be accepted if it
         can be demonstrated that no actual interference will occur due to intervening terrain, lack of population or
         such other factors as may be applicable.

     (e) The provisions of this section will not apply to overlap between a proposed fill-in FM translator station and
         its primary station operating on a first, second or third adjacent channel, provided That such operation
         may not result in interference to the primary station within its principal community.

     (f) An application for an FM translator station will not be accepted for filing even though the proposed
         operation would not involve overlap of field strength contours with any other station, as set forth in
         paragraph (a) of this section, if grant of the authorization will result in interference to the reception of a
         regularly used, off-the-air signal of any authorized co-channel, first, second or third adjacent channel
         broadcast station, including previously authorized secondary service stations within the 45 dBu field
         strength contour of the desired station. Interference is demonstrated by:

          (1) The required minimum number of valid listener complaints as determined using Table 1 to §
              74.1203(a)(3) of this part and defined in § 74.1201(k) of this part;

          (2) A map plotting the specific location of the alleged interference in relation to the complaining station's
              45 dBu contour;

          (3) A statement that the complaining station is operating within its licensed parameters;

47 CFR 74.1204(f)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 132 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.1204(f)(4)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (4) A statement that the complaining station licensee has used commercially reasonable efforts to
               inform the relevant translator licensee of the claimed interference and attempted private resolution;
               and

           (5) U/D data demonstrating that at each listener location the undesired to desired signal strength
               exceeds −20 dB for co-channel situations, −6 dB for first-adjacent channel situations or 40 dB for
               second- or third-adjacent channel situations, calculated using the methodology set out in paragraph
               (b) of this section.

     (g) An application for an FM translator or an FM booster station that is 53 or 54 channels removed from an
         FM radio broadcast station will not be accepted for filing if it fails to meet the required separation
         distances set out in § 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of determining compliance with § 73.207 of
         this chapter, translator stations will be treated as Class A stations and booster stations will be treated the
         same as their FM radio broadcast station equivalents. FM radio broadcast station equivalents will be
         determined in accordance with §§ 73.210 and 73.211 of this chapter, based on the booster station's ERP
         and HAAT. Provided, however, that FM translator stations and booster stations operating with less than
         100 watts ERP will be treated as class D stations and will not be subject to intermediate frequency
         separation requirements.

     (h) An application for an FM translator station will not be accepted for filing if it specifies a location within
         320 kilometers (approximately 199 miles) of either the Canadian or Mexican borders and it does not
         comply with § 74.1235(d) of this part.

     (i)   FM booster stations shall be subject to the requirement that the signal of any first adjacent channel
           station must exceed the signal of the booster station by 6 dB at all points within the protected contour of
           any first adjacent channel station, except that in the case of FM stations on adjacent channels at
           spacings that do not meet the minimum distance separations specified in § 73.207 of this chapter, the
           signal of any first adjacent channel station must exceed the signal of the booster by 6 dB at any point
           within the predicted interference free contour of the adjacent channel station.

     (j)   FM translator stations authorized prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that do not comply with the
           predicted interference protection provisions of this section, may continue to operate, provided that
           operation is in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding actual interference. Applications for major changes
           in FM translator stations must specify facilities that comply with provisions of this section.

[55 FR 50694, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65
FR 67304, Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000; 84 FR 27741, June 14, 2019; 86 FR 13664, Mar. 10, 2021]

§ 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broadcast stations.
The provisions of this section apply to all applications for construction permits for new or modified facilities for a
noncommercial educational FM translator station on Channels 201–220, unless the application is accompanied by
a written agreement between the NCE-FM translator applicant and each affected TV Channel 6 broadcast station
licensee or permittee concurring with the proposed NCE-FM translator facility.

47 CFR 74.1205 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 133 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 74.1205(a)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (a) An application for a construction permit for new or modified facilities for a noncommercial educational
         FM translator station operating on Channels 201–220 must include a showing that demonstrates
         compliance with paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section if it is within the following distances of a TV
         broadcast station which is authorized to operate on Channel 6.

                        FM Channel                                      Distance (kilometers)
           201                                                                                              148
           202                                                                                              146
           203                                                                                              143
           204                                                                                              141
           205                                                                                              140
           206                                                                                              137
           207                                                                                              135
           208                                                                                              135
           209                                                                                              135
           210                                                                                              135
           211                                                                                              135
           212                                                                                              135
           213                                                                                              135
           214                                                                                              134
           215                                                                                              134
           216                                                                                              133
           217                                                                                              133
           218                                                                                              132
           219                                                                                              132
           220                                                                                              131

     (b) Collocated stations. An application for a noncommercial educational FM translator station operating on
         Channels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilometer (approximately 0.25 mile) or less from a TV Channel 6
         station will be accepted if it includes a certification that the applicant has coordinated its antenna with the
         affected TV station.

     (c) Contour overlap. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, an application for a noncommercial
         educational FM translator station operating on Channels 201–220 will not be accepted if the proposed
         operation would involve overlap of its interference field strength contour with any TV Channel 6 station's
         Grade B contour, as set forth below.

          (1) The distances to the TV Channel 6 station Grade B (47 dBu) field strength contour will be predicted
              according to the procedures specified in § 73.684 of this chapter, using the F(50,50) curves in §
              73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter.

          (2) The distances to the applicable noncommercial educational FM translator interference contour will
              be predicted according to the procedures specified in § 74.1204(b) of this part.

47 CFR 74.1205(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 134 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.1205(c)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (3) The applicable noncommercial educational FM translator interference contours are as follows:

                       FM channel                            Interference Contour F(50,10) curves (dBu)
                 201                                                                                                    54
                 202                                                                                                    56
                 203                                                                                                    59
                 204                                                                                                    62
                 205                                                                                                    64
                 206                                                                                                    69
                 207                                                                                                    73
                 208                                                                                                    73
                 209                                                                                                    73
                 210                                                                                                    73
                 211                                                                                                    73
                 212                                                                                                    74
                 213                                                                                                    75
                 214                                                                                                    77
                 215                                                                                                    78
                 216                                                                                                    80
                 217                                                                                                    81
                 218                                                                                                    85
                 219                                                                                                    88
                 220                                                                                                    90

     (d) FM translator stations authorized prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that do not comply with the
         predicted interference protection provisions of this section, may continue to operate, provided that
         operation is in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding actual interference. Applications for major changes
         in FM translator stations must specify facilities that comply with the provisions of this section.

[55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993]

§ 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service.
     (a) FM translators provide a means whereby the signals of AM or FM broadcast stations may be
         retransmitted to areas in which direct reception of such AM or FM broadcast stations is unsatisfactory
         due to distance or intervening terrain barriers, and a means for AM Class D stations to continue operating
         at night.

     (b) An FM translator may be used for the purpose of retransmitting the signals of a primary AM or FM radio
         broadcast station or another translator station the signal of which is received directly through space,
         converted, and suitably amplified, and originating programming to the extent authorized in paragraphs (f),
         (g), and (h) of this section. However, an FM translator providing fill-in service may use any terrestrial
         facilities to receive the signal that is being rebroadcast. An FM booster station or a noncommercial
         educational FM translator station that is operating on a reserved channel (Channels 201–220) and is
         owned and operated by the licensee of the primary noncommercial educational station it rebroadcasts

47 CFR 74.1231(b) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 135 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.1231(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          may use alternative signal delivery means, including, but not limited to, satellite and terrestrial microwave
          facilities. Provided, however, that an applicant for a noncommercial educational translator operating on a
          reserved channel (Channel 201–220) and owned and operated by the licensee of the primary
          noncommercial educational AM or FM station it rebroadcasts complies with either paragraph (b)(1) or
          (b)(2) of this section:

          (1) The applicant demonstrates that:

                (i)   The transmitter site of the proposed FM translator station is within 80 kilometers of the
                      predicted 1 mV/m contour of the primary station to be rebroadcast; or,

                (ii) The transmitter site of the proposed FM translator station is more than 160 kilometers from the
                     transmitter site of any authorized full service noncommercial educational FM station; or,

                (iii) The application is mutually exclusive with an application containing the showing as required by
                      paragraph 74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; or,

                (iv) The application is filed after October 1, 1992.

          (2) If the transmitter site of the proposed FM translator station is more than 80 kilometers from the
              predicted 1 mV/m contour of the primary station to be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilometers of the
              transmitter site of any authorized full service noncommercial educational FM station, the applicant
              must show that:

                (i)   An alternative frequency can be used at the same site as the proposed FM translator's
                      transmitter location and can provide signal coverage to the same area encompassed by the
                      applicant's proposed 1 mV/m contour; or,

                (ii) An alternative frequency can be used at a different site and can provide signal coverage to the
                     same area encompassed by the applicant's proposed 1 mV/m contour.

                      Note: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and 74.1231(i) of this section, auxiliary intercity relay
                      station frequencies may be used to deliver signals to FM translator and booster stations
                      on a secondary basis only. Such use shall not interfere with or otherwise preclude use of
                      these frequencies for transmitting aural programming between the studio and
                      transmitter location of a broadcast station, or between broadcast stations, as provided
                      in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of this part. Prior to filing an application for an auxiliary
                      intercity relay microwave frequency, the applicant shall notify the local frequency
                      coordination committee, or, in the absence of a local frequency coordination committee,
                      any licensees assigned the use of the proposed operating frequency in the intended
                      location or area of operation.

     (c) The transmissions of each FM translator or booster station shall be intended only for direct reception by
         the general public. An FM translator or booster shall not be operated solely for the purpose of relaying
         signals to one or more fixed received points for retransmission, distribution, or further relaying in order to
         establish a point-to-point FM radio relay system.

     (d) The technical characteristics of the retransmitted signals shall not be deliberately altered so as to hinder
         reception on conventional FM broadcast receivers.

47 CFR 74.1231(d) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 136 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 74.1231(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (e) An FM translator shall not deliberately retransmit the signals of any station other than the station it is
         authorized to retransmit. Precautions shall be taken to avoid unintentional retransmission of such other
         signals.

     (f) A locally generated radio frequency signal similar to that of an FM broadcast station and modulated with
         aural information may be connected to the input terminals of an FM translator for the purpose of
         transmitting voice announcements. The radio frequency signals shall be on the same channel as the
         normally used off-the-air signal being rebroadcast. Connection of the locally generated signals shall be
         made by any automatic means when transmitting originations concerning financial support. The
         connections for emergency transmissions may be made manually. The apparatus used to generate the
         local signal that is used to modulate the FM translator must be capable of producing an aural signal
         which will provide acceptable reception on FM receivers designed for the transmission standards
         employed by FM broadcast stations.

     (g) The aural material transmitted as permitted in paragraph (f) of this section shall be limited to emergency
         warnings of imminent danger and to seeking or acknowledging financial support deemed necessary to
         the continued operation of the translator. Originations concerning financial support are limited to a total of
         30 seconds an hour. Within this limitation the length of any particular announcement will be left to the
         discretion of the translator station licensee. Solicitations of contributions shall be limited to the defrayal
         of the costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the translator or acknowledgements of financial
         support for those purposes. Such acknowledgements may include identification of the contributors, the
         size or nature of the contributions and advertising messages of contributors. Emergency transmissions
         shall be no longer or more frequent than necessary to protect life and property.

     (h) An FM translator station that rebroadcasts a Class D AM radio broadcast station as its primary station
         may originate programming during the hours the primary station is not operating, subject to the provisions
         of § 74.1263(b) of this part.

     (i)   FM broadcast booster stations provide a means whereby the licensee of an FM broadcast station may
           provide service to areas in any region within the primary station's predicted, authorized service contours.
           An FM broadcast booster station is authorized to retransmit only the signals of its primary station which
           have been received directly through space and suitably amplified, or received by alternative signal delivery
           means including, but not limited to, satellite and terrestrial microwave facilities. The FM booster station
           shall not retransmit the signals of any other station nor make independent transmissions, except that
           locally generated signals may be used to excite the booster apparatus for the purpose of conducting tests
           and measurements essential to the proper installation and maintenance of the apparatus.

           Note: In the case of an FM broadcast station authorized with facilities in excess of those specified
           by § 73.211 of this chapter, an FM booster station will only be authorized within the protected
           contour of the class of station being rebroadcast as predicted on the basis of the maximum
           powers and heights set forth in that section for the applicable class of FM broadcast station
           concerned.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54
FR 35342, Aug. 25, 1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR 33879, June
22, 1998; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009]

47 CFR 74.1231(i) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 137 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.1232
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing requirements.
     (a) Subject to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, a license for an FM broadcast
         translator station may be issued to any qualified individual, organized group of individuals, broadcast
         station licensee, or local civil governmental body, upon an appropriate showing that plans for financing
         the installation and operation of the translator are sufficiently sound to assure prompt construction of the
         translator and dependable service.

     (b) More than one FM translator may be licensed to the same applicant, whether or not such translators serve
         substantially the same area, upon an appropriate showing of technical need for such additional stations.
         FM translators are not counted as FM stations for the purpose of § 73.3555 of this chapter concerning
         multiple ownership.

           Note: As used in this section need refers to the quality of the signal received and not to the
           programming content, format, or transmission needs of an area.

     (c) Only one input and one output channel will be assigned to each FM translator. Additional FM translators
         may be authorized to provide additional reception. A separate application is required for each FM
         translator and each application shall be complete in all respects.

     (d) An authorization for an FM translator whose coverage contour extends beyond the protected contour of
         the commercial primary station will not be granted to the licensee or permittee of a commercial FM radio
         broadcast station. Similarly, such authorization will not be granted to any person or entity having any
         interest whatsoever, or any connection with a primary FM station. Interested and connected parties
         extend to group owners, corporate parents, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, general and
         limited partners, family members and business associates. For the purposes of this paragraph, the
         protected contour of the primary station shall be defined as follows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contour for
         commercial Class B stations, the predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 stations and the
         predicted 1 mV/m field strength contour for all other FM radio broadcast stations. The contours shall be
         as predicted in accordance with § 73.313(a) through (d) of this chapter. In the case of an FM radio
         broadcast station authorized with facilities in excess of those specified by § 73.211 of this chapter, a co-
         owned commercial FM translator will only be authorized within the protected contour of the class of
         station being rebroadcast, as predicted on the basis of the maximum powers and heights set forth in that
         section for the applicable class of FM broadcast station concerned. An FM translator station in operation
         prior to March 1, 1991, which is owned by a commercial FM (primary) station and whose coverage
         contour extends beyond the protected contour of the primary station, may continue to be owned by such
         primary station until March 1, 1994. Thereafter, any such FM translator station must be owned by
         independent parties. An FM translator station in operation prior to June 1, 1991, which is owned by a
         commercial FM radio broadcast station and whose coverage contour extends beyond the protected
         contour of the primary station, may continue to be owned by a commercial FM radio broadcast station
         until June 1, 1994. Thereafter, any such FM translator station must be owned by independent parties. An
         FM translator providing service to an AM fill-in area will be authorized only to the permittee or licensee of
         the AM radio broadcast station being rebroadcast, or, in the case of an FM translator authorized to
         operate on an unreserved channel, to a party with a valid rebroadcast consent agreement with such a
         permittee or licensee to rebroadcast that station as the translator's primary station. In addition, any FM
         translator providing service to an AM fill-in area must have been authorized by a license or construction

47 CFR 74.1232(d) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 138 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.1232(e)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           permit in effect as of May 1, 2009, or pursuant to an application that was pending as of May 1, 2009. A
           subsequent modification of any such FM translator will not affect its eligibility to rebroadcast an AM
           signal.

     (e) An FM translator station whose coverage contour goes beyond the protected contour of the commercial
         primary station shall not receive any support, before or after construction, either directly or indirectly, from
         the commercial primary FM radio broadcast station. Such support also may not be received from any
         person or entity having any interest whatsoever, or any connection with the primary FM station. Interested
         and connected parties extend to group owners, corporate parents, shareholders, officers, directors,
         employees, general and limited partners, family members and business associates. Such an FM translator
         station may, however, receive technical assistance from the primary station to the extent of installing or
         repairing equipment or making adjustments to equipment to assure compliance with the terms of the
         translator station's construction permit and license. FM translator stations in operation prior to March 1,
         1991 may continue to receive contributions or support from the commercial primary station for the
         operation and maintenance of the translator station until March, 1, 1994. Thereafter, any such FM
         translator station shall be subject to the prohibitions on support contained in this section. Such an FM
         translator station may, however, receive technical assistance from the primary station to the extent of
         installing or repairing equipment or making adjustments to equipment to assure compliance with the
         terms of the translator station's construction permit and license. FM translator stations in operation prior
         to June 1, 1991 may continue to receive contributions or support from a commercial FM radio broadcast
         station for the operation and maintenance of the translator station until June 1, 1994. Thereafter, any such
         FM translator station shall be subject to the prohibitions on support contained in this section.

           Note: “Technical assistance” refers to actual services provided by the primary station's technical
           staff or compensation for the time and services provided by independent engineering personnel.
           Conversely, such support must not include the supply of equipment or direct funding for the
           translator's discretionary use. “Technical assistance” must occur after the issuance of the
           translator's construction permit or license in order to meet expenses incurred by installing,
           repairing, or making adjustments to equipment.

     (f) An FM broadcast booster station will be authorized only to the licensee or permittee of the FM radio
         broadcast station whose signals the booster station will retransmit, to serve areas within the protected
         contour of the primary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231(h) of this part.

     (g) No numerical limit is placed upon the number of FM booster stations which may be licensed to a single
         licensee. A separate application is required for each FM booster station. FM broadcast booster stations
         are not counted as FM broadcast stations for the purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter concerning
         multiple ownership.

     (h) Any authorization for an FM translator station issued to an applicant described in paragraphs (d) and (e)
         of this section will be issued subject to the condition that it may be terminated at any time, upon not less
         than sixty (60) days written notice, where the circumstances in the community or area served are so
         altered as to have prohibited grant of the application had such circumstances existed at the time of its
         filing.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 43 FR 14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55
FR 50696, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009; 77 FR 21015, Apr. 9, 2012]

47 CFR 74.1232(h) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 139 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 74.1233
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1233 Processing FM translator and booster station applications.
     (a) Applications for FM translator and booster stations are divided into two groups:

          (1)

                (i)   In the first group are applications for new stations or for major changes in the facilities of
                      authorized stations. For FM translator stations, a major change is:

                      (A) Any change in frequency (output channel) except—

                           (1) Changes to first, second or third adjacent channels, or intermediate frequency
                               channels; or

                           (2) Upon a showing of interference to or from any other broadcast station, remedial
                               changes to any same-band frequency; or

                      (B) Any change in antenna location where the station would not continue to provide 1 mV/m
                          service to some portion of its previously authorized 1 mV/m service area. In addition, any
                          change in frequency relocating an unbuilt station from the non-reserved band to the
                          reserved band, or from the reserved band to the non-reserved band, will be considered
                          major. All other changes will be considered minor.

                (ii) All major changes are subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3580 and 1.1104 of this chapter
                     pertaining to major changes.

          (2) In the second group are applications for licenses and all other changes in the facilities of the
              authorized station.

     (b) Processing booster and reserved band FM translator applications.

          (1) Applications for minor modifications for reserved band FM translator stations, as defined in
              paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be
              processed on a “first come/first served” basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the
              filing rights of subsequent, conflicting applicants. The FCC will periodically release a Public Notice
              listing those applications accepted for filing. Conflicting applications received on the same day will
              be treated as simultaneously filed and mutually exclusive. Conflicting applications received after the
              filing of a first acceptable application will be grouped, according to filing date, behind the lead
              application in a queue. The priority rights of the lead applicant, against all other applicants, are
              determined by the date of filing, but the filing date for subsequent, conflicting applicants only
              reserves a place in the queue. The rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a final
              determination that the lead applicant is unacceptable and if the queue member is reached and found
              acceptable. The queue will remain behind the lead applicant until a construction permit is finally
              granted, at which time the queue dissolves.

          (2) All other applications for booster stations and reserved band FM translator stations will be
              processed as nearly as possible in the order in which they are filed. Such applications will be placed
              in the processing line in numerical sequence, and will be drawn by the staff for study, the lowest file
              number first. In order that those applications which are entitled to be grouped for processing may be
              fixed prior to the time processing of the earliest filed application is begun, the FCC will periodically
              release a Public Notice listing reserved band applications that have been accepted for filing and

47 CFR 74.1233(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 140 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.1233(b)(3)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                announcing a date (not less than 30 days after publication) on which the listed applications will be
                considered available and ready for processing and by which all mutually exclusive applications and/
                or petitions to deny the listed applications must be filed.

          (3) Applications for reserved band FM translator stations will be processed using filing window
              procedures. The FCC will specify by Public Notice, a period for filing reserved band FM translator
              applications for a new station or for major modifications in the facilities of an authorized station. FM
              translator applications for new facilities or for major modifications will be accepted only during
              these specified periods. Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the
              Public Notice will be returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline will
              be dismissed with prejudice as untimely.

          (4) Timely filed applications for new facilities or for major modifications for reserved band FM
              Translators will be processed pursuant to the procedures set forth in subpart K of part 73 (§ 73.7000
              et seq.) Subsequently, the FCC will release Public Notices identifying: mutually exclusive groups of
              applications; applications received during the window filing period which are found to be non-
              mutually exclusive; tentative selectees determined pursuant to the point system procedures set forth
              in § 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptable applications. The Public Notices will also announce:
              additional procedures to be followed for certain groups of applications; deadlines for filing additional
              information; and dates by which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of
              § 73.7004 of this chapter. If the applicant is duly qualified, and upon examination, the FCC finds that
              the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by the granting of the application, it will
              be granted. If an application is found not to be acceptable for filing, the application will be returned,
              and subject to the amendment requirements of § 73.3522 of this chapter.

     (c) In the case of an application for an instrument of authorization, other than a license pursuant to a
         construction permit, grant will be based on the application, the pleadings filed, and such other matters
         that may be officially noticed. Before a grant can be made it must be determined that:

          (1) There is not pending a mutually exclusive application.

          (2) The applicant is legally, technically, financially and otherwise qualified;

          (3) The applicant is not in violation of any provisions of law, the FCC rules, or established policies of the
              FCC; and

          (4) A grant of the application would otherwise serve the public interest, convenience and necessity.

     (d) Processing non-reserved band FM translator applications.

          (1) Applications for minor modifications for non-reserved band FM translator stations, as defined in
              paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be
              processed on a “first come/first served” basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the
              filing rights of subsequent, conflicting applicants. The FCC will periodically release a Public Notice
              listing those applications accepted for filing. Applications received on the same day will be treated
              as simultaneously filed and, if they are found to be mutually exclusive, must be resolved through
              settlement or technical amendment. Conflicting applications received after the filing of a first
              acceptable application will be grouped, according to filing date, behind the lead application in a
              queue. The priority rights of the lead applicant, against all other applicants, are determined by the
              date of filing, but the filing date for subsequent, conflicting applicants only reserves a place in the
              queue. The rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a final determination that the lead

47 CFR 74.1233(d)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 141 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 74.1233(d)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                applicant is unacceptable and if the queue member is reached and found acceptable. The queue will
                remain behind the lead applicant until a construction permit is finally granted, at which time the
                queue dissolves.

          (2)

                (i)   The FCC will specify by Public Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a) of this chapter, a period for
                      filing non-reserved band FM translator applications for a new station or for major modifications
                      in the facilities of an authorized station. FM translator applications for new facilities or for
                      major modifications, whether for commercial broadcast stations or noncommercial educational
                      broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be accepted only during these
                      specified periods. Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the
                      Public Notice will be returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline
                      will be dismissed with prejudice as untimely.

                (ii) Such FM translator applicants will be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a)
                     regarding the submission of the short-form application, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate
                     certifications, information and exhibits contained therein. To determine which FM translator
                     applications are mutually exclusive, FM translator applicants must submit the engineering data
                     contained in FCC Form 349 as a supplement to the short-form application. Such engineering
                     data will not be studied for technical acceptability, but will be protected from subsequently filed
                     applications as of the close of the window filing period. Determinations as to the acceptability
                     or grantability of an applicant's proposal will not be made prior to an auction.

                (iii) FM translator applicants will be subject to the provisions of § 1.2105 regarding the modification
                      and dismissal of their short-form applications.

                (iv) Consistent with § 1.2105(a), beginning January 1, 1999, all short-form applications must be
                     filed electronically.

          (3) Subsequently, the FCC will release Public Notices:

                (i)   Identifying the short-form applications received during the appropriate filing period or “window”
                      which are found to be mutually exclusive, including any applications for noncommercial
                      educational broadcast stations, as defined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as the procedures the
                      FCC will use to resolve the mutually exclusive applications;

                (ii) Establishing a date, time and place for an auction;

                (iii) Providing information regarding the methodology of competitive bidding to be used in the
                      upcoming auction, bid submission and payment procedures, upfront payment procedures,
                      upfront payment deadlines, minimum opening bid requirements and applicable reserve prices
                      in accordance with the provisions of § 73.5002;

                (iv) Identifying applicants who have submitted timely upfront payments and, thus, are qualified to
                     bid in the auction.

          (4) After the close of the filing window, the FCC will also release a Public Notice identifying any short-
              form applications which are found to be non-mutually exclusive, including any applications for
              noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non-
              mutually exclusive applicants will be required to submit the appropriate long form application within
              30 days of the Public Notice and, for applicants for commercial broadcast stations, pursuant to the
              provisions of § 73.5005 of this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive applications for commercial

47 CFR 74.1233(d)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 142 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.1233(d)(5)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                broadcast stations will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing
                such non-mutually exclusive applications determined to be acceptable for filing and announcing a
                date by which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and
                73.3584 of this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational
                broadcast stations, as described by 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the FCC will periodically
                release a Public Notice listing such non-mutually exclusive applications determined to be acceptable
                for filing and announcing a date by which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the
                provisions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584 of this chapter. If the applicants are duly qualified, and upon
                examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by the
                granting of the non-mutually exclusive long-form application, the same will be granted.

          (5)

                (i)   Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chapter, a winning bidder that meets its down payment obligations
                      in a timely manner must, within 30 days of the release of the public notice announcing the close
                      of the auction, submit the appropriate long-form application for each construction permit for
                      which it was the winning bidder. Long-form applications filed by winning bidders shall include
                      the exhibits identified in § 73.5005 of this chapter.

                (ii) Winning bidders are required to pay the balance of their winning bids in a lump sum prior to the
                     deadline established by the Commission pursuant to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form
                     construction permit applications will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a
                     Public Notice listing such applications that have been accepted for filing and announcing a date
                     by which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and
                     73.3584. Construction permits will be granted by the Commission only after full and timely
                     payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees, and if the applicant is duly qualified, and
                     upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be
                     served. If a winning bidder fails to pay the balance of its winning bid in a lump sum by the
                     applicable deadline as specified by the Commission, it will be allowed to make payment within
                     ten (10) business days after the payment deadline, provided that it also pays a late fee equal to
                     five (5) percent of the amount due in accordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Construction
                     of the FM translator station shall not commence until the grant of such permit to the winning
                     bidder and only after full and timely payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees.

                (iii) All long-form applications will be cut-off as of the date of filing with the FCC and will be
                      protected from subsequently filed long-form translator applications. Applications will be
                      required to protect all previously filed applications. Winning bidders filing long-form
                      applications may change the technical proposals specified in their previously submitted short-
                      form applications, but such change may not constitute a major change. If the submitted long-
                      form application would constitute a major change from the proposal submitted in the short-
                      form application or the allotment, the long-form application will be returned pursuant to
                      paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

     (e) Selection of mutually exclusive reserved band FM translator applications.

          (1) Applications for FM translator stations proposing to provide fill-in service (within the primary station's
              protected contour) of the commonly owned primary station will be given priority over all other
              applications.

47 CFR 74.1233(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 143 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.1233(e)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (2) Where applications for FM translator stations are mutually exclusive and do not involve a proposal to
               provide fill-in service of commonly owned primary stations, the FCC may stipulate different
               frequencies as necessary for the applicants.

           (3) Where there are no available frequencies to substitute for a mutually exclusive application, the FCC
               will apply the same point system identified for full service reserved band FM stations in § 73.7003(b)
               of this chapter. In the event of a tie, the FCC will consider:

                 (i)   Existing authorizations. Each applicant's number of existing radio authorizations (licenses and
                       construction permits for AM, FM, and FM-translators but excluding fill-in translators) as of the
                       time of application shall be compared, and the applicant with the fewest authorizations will be
                       chosen as tentative selectee. If each applicant is applying for a fill-in translator only, and
                       consideration of its other radio stations is not dispositive, its number of existing fill-in translator
                       authorizations will also be considered, and the fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in
                       authorizations will be chosen as tentative selectee.

                (ii) Existing applications. If a tie remains, after the tie breaker in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section,
                     the remaining applicant with the fewest pending radio new and major change applications (AM,
                     FM, and non fill-in FM translators) will be chosen as tentative selectee. If each applicant is
                     applying for a fill-in translator only, and consideration of its other radio stations is not
                     dispositive, its number of existing fill-in translator applications will also be considered, and the
                     fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in authorizations will be chosen as tentative selectee.

                (iii) Where the procedures in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and (e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to
                      resolve the mutual exclusivity, the applications will be processed on a first-come-first-served
                      basis.

[63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8, 2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001;
67 FR 45375, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR 6229, Feb. 7, 2006; 76 FR 18953, Apr. 6, 2011; 84 FR 27741, June 14,
2019]

§ 74.1234 Unattended operation.
     (a) A station authorized under this subpart may be operated without a designated person in attendance if the
         following requirements are met:

           (1) If the transmitter site cannot be reached promptly at all hours and in all seasons, means shall be
               provided so that the transmitting apparatus can be turned on and off at will from a point which is
               readily accessible at all hours and in all seasons.

           (2) The transmitter shall also be equipped with suitable automatic circuits which will place it in a
               nonradiating condition in the absence of a signal on the input channel.

           (3) The on-and-off control (if at a location other than the transmitter site) and the transmitting
               apparatus, shall be adequately protected against tampering by unauthorized persons.

           (4) The FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, shall be supplied by letter with
               the name, address, and telephone number of a person or persons who may be contacted to secure
               suspension of operation of the translator promptly should such action be deemed necessary by the
               Commission. Such information shall be kept current by the licensee.

47 CFR 74.1234(a)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 144 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 74.1234(a)(5)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (5) Where the antenna and supporting structure are required to be painted and lighted under the
               provisions of Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee shall make suitable arrangements for the daily
               inspection and logging of the obstruction lighting and associated control equipment as required by
               §§ 17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter.

     (b) An application for authority to construct a new station pursuant to this subpart or to make changes in the
         facilities of such a station, which proposes unattended operation shall include an adequate showing as to
         the manner of compliance with this section.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR 18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17, 1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995;
63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna systems.
     (a) An application for an FM translator station filed by the licensee or permittee of the primary station to
         provide fill-in service within the primary station's coverage area will not be accepted for filing if it specifies
         an effective radiated power (ERP) which exceeds 250 watts.

     (b) An application for an FM translator station, other than one for fill-in service which is covered in paragraph
         (a) of this section, will not be accepted for filing if it specifies an effective radiated power (ERP) which
         exceeds the maximum ERP (MERP) value determined in accordance with this paragraph. The antenna
         height above average terrain (HAAT) shall be determined in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter
         for each of 12 distinct radials, with each radial spaced 30 degrees apart and with the bearing of the first
         radial bearing true north. Each raidal HAAT value shall be rounded to the nearest meter. For each of the 12
         radial directions, the MERP is the value corresponding to the calculated HAAT in the following tables that
         is appropriate for the location of the translator. For an application specifying a nondirectional transmitting
         antenna, the specified ERP must not exceed the smallest of the 12 MERP's. For an application specifying
         a directional transmitting antenna, the ERP in each azimuthal direction must not exceed the MERP for the
         closest of the 12 radial directions.

47 CFR 74.1235(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 145 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1235(b)(1)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

          (1) For FM translators located east of the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as described in § 73.205(b) of
              this chapter:

                             Radial HAAT (meters)                         Maximum ERP (MERP in watts)
                Less than or equal to 32                                                                       250
                33 to 39                                                                                       170
                40 to 47                                                                                       120
                48 to 57                                                                                        80
                58 to 68                                                                                        55
                69 to 82                                                                                        38
                83 to 96                                                                                        27
                97 to 115                                                                                       19
                116 to 140                                                                                      13
                Greater than or equal to 141                                                                    10

          (2) For FM translators located in all other areas:

                             Radial HAAT (meters)                         Maximum ERP (MERP in watts)
                Less than or equal to 107                                                                      250
                108 to 118                                                                                     205
                119 to 130                                                                                     170
                131 to 144                                                                                     140
                145 to 157                                                                                     115
                158 to 173                                                                                      92
                174 to 192                                                                                      75
                193 to 212                                                                                      62
                213 to 235                                                                                      50
                236 to 260                                                                                      41
                261 to 285                                                                                      34
                286 to 310                                                                                      28
                311 to 345                                                                                      23
                346 to 380                                                                                      19
                381 to 425                                                                                     15.5
                426 to 480                                                                                      13
                481 to 540                                                                                      11
                Greater than or equal to 541                                                                    10

     (c) The effective radiated power of FM booster stations shall be limited such that the predicted service
         contour of the booster station, computed in accordance with § 73.313 paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
         chapter, may not extend beyond the corresponding service contour of the primary FM station that the
         booster rebroadcasts. In no event shall the ERP of the booster station exceed 20% of the maximum
         allowable ERP for the primary station's class.

47 CFR 74.1235(c) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 146 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 74.1235(d)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

     (d)

           (1) Translator or booster stations located within 125 kilometers of the Mexican border may not exceed
               an ERP of 50 watts (0.050 kW) in the direction of the Mexican border. Such stations also may not
               produce an interfering contour in excess of 32 km from the transmitter site in the direction of the
               Mexican border, nor may the 60 dBu service contour exceed 8.7 km from the transmitter site in the
               direction of the Mexican border.

           (2) Translator or booster stations located between 125 kilometers and 320 kilometers from the Mexican
               border may operate with an ERP in excess of 50 watts. However, in no event shall the location of the
               60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 km of the Mexican border.

           (3) Applications for translator or booster stations within 320 km of the Canadian border may employ an
               ERP up to a maximum of 250 watts, as specified in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distance to the 34 dBu
               interfering contour may not exceed 60 km in any direction.

     (e) In no event shall a station authorized under this subpart be operated with a transmitter power output
         (TPO) in excess of the transmitter certificated rating. A station authorized under this subpart for a TPO
         that is less than its transmitter certificated rating shall determine its TPO in accordance with § 73.267 of
         this chapter and its TPO shall not be more than 105 percent of the authorized TPO.

     (f) Composite antennas and antenna arrays may be used where the total ERP does not exceed the maximum
         determined in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section.

     (g) Either horizontal, vertical, circular or elliptical polarization may be used provided that the supplemental
         vertically polarized ERP required for circular or elliptical polarization does not exceed the ERP otherwise
         authorized. Either clockwise or counterclockwise rotation may be used. Separate transmitting antennas
         are permitted if both horizontal and vertical polarization is to be provided.

     (h) All applications must comply with § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of this chapter.

     (i)   An application that specifies use of a directional antenna must comply with § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1)
           through (c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuance of a license, the applicant must:

           (1) Certify that the antenna is mounted in accordance with the specific instructions provided by the
               antenna manufacturer; and

           (2) certify that the antenna is mounted in the proper orientation. In instances where a directional
               antenna is proposed for the purpose of providing protection to another facility, a condition may be
               included in the construction permit requiring that before program tests are authorized, a permittee:
               (1) Must submit the results of a complete proof-of-performance to establish the horizontal plane
               radiation patterns for both the horizontally and vertically polarized radiation components; and, (2)
               must certify that the relative field strength of neither the measured horizontally nor vertically
               polarized radiation component shall exceed at any azimuth the value indicated on the composite
               radiation pattern authorized by the construction permit.

                Note: Existing licensees and permittees that do not furnish data sufficient to calculate the
                contours in conformance with § 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours having the
                following radii:
                Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from transmitter site.

47 CFR 74.1235(i)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 147 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 74.1235(j)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site.

                 Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from transmitter site.

     (j)   FM translator stations authorized prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities that do not comply with the ERP
           limitation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as appropriate, may continue to operate, provided that
           operation is in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding interference. Applications for major changes in FM
           translator stations must specify facilities that comply with paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as
           appropriate.

[55 FR 50697, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997;
63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 87 FR 15344, Mar. 18, 2022]

§ 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth.
     (a) The license of a station authorized under this subpart allows the transmission of either F3 or other types
         of frequency modulation (see § 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing of need, as long as the emission
         complies with the following:

           (1) For transmitter output powers no greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section
               apply.

           (2) For transmitter output powers greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b), (c), and (d) apply.

     (b) Standard width FM channels will be assigned and the transmitting apparatus shall be operated so as to
         limit spurious emissions to the lowest practicable value. Any emissions including intermodulation
         products and radiofrequency harmonics which are not essential for the transmission of the desired aural
         information shall be considered to be spurious emissions.

     (c) The power of emissions appearing outside the assigned channel shall be attenuated below the total
         power of the emission as follows:

              Distance of emission from center frequency          Minimum attenuation below unmodulated carrier
            120 to 240 kHz                                                                                       25 dB
            Over 240 and up to 600 kHz                                                                           35 dB
            Over 600 kHz                                                                                         60 dB

     (d) Greater attenuation than that specified in paragraph (c) of this section may be required if interference
         results outside the assigned channel.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990]

47 CFR 74.1236(d) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 148 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.1237
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1237 Antenna location.
     (a) An applicant for a new station to be authorized under this subpart or for a change in the facilities of such
         a station shall endeavor to select a site which will provide a line-of-sight transmission path to the entire
         area intended to be served and at which there is available a suitable signal from the primary station. The
         transmitting antenna should be placed above growing vegetation and trees lying in the direction of the
         area intended to be served, to minimize the possiblity of signal absorption by foliage.

     (b) Consideration should be given to accessibility of the site at all seasons of the year and to the availability
         of facilities for the maintenance and operation of the FM translator.

     (c) Consideration should be given to the existence of strong radiofrequency fields from other transmitters at
         the translator site and the possibility that such fields may result in the retransmission of signals
         originating on frequencies other than that of the primary station.

     (d) The transmitting antenna of an FM booster station shall be located within the protected contour of its
         primary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231 (h). The transmitting antenna of a commonly owned
         commercial FM translator station shall be located within the protected contour of its commercial primary
         FM station.

     (e) Where an FM translator or booster licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near an AM
         tower, as defined in § 1.30002, the FM translator or booster licensee or permittee must comply with §
         1.30003 or § 1.30002.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997;
78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013]

§ 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equipment.
     (a) FM translator and booster transmitting apparatus, and exciters employed to provide a locally generated
         and modulated input signal to translator and booster equipment, used by stations authorized under the
         provisions of this subpart must be certified upon the request of any manufacturer of transmitters in
         accordance with this section and subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. In addition, FM translator and
         booster stations may use FM broadcast transmitting apparatus authorized via Supplier's Declaration of
         Conformity or approved under the provisions of part 73 of this chapter.

           Note 1 to paragraph (a): The Declaration of Conformity procedure has been replaced by Supplier's
           Declaration of Conformity. Equipment previously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this
           chapter may remain in use. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

     (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas used to receive signals to be rebroadcast, and transmission lines are not
         subject to the requirement for certification.

     (c) The following requirements must be met before translator, booster or exciter equipment will be certified in
         accordance with this section:

           (1) Radio frequency harmonics and spurious emissions must conform with the specifications of §
               74.1236 of this part.

47 CFR 74.1250(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 149 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 74.1250(c)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

           (2) The local oscillator or oscillators, including those in an exciter employed to provide a locally
               generated and modulated input signal to a translator or booster, when subjected to variations in
               ambient temperature between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees centigrade, and in primary
               supply voltage between 85 percent and 115 percent of the rated value, shall be sufficiently stable to
               maintain the output center frequency within plus or minus 0.005 percent of the operating frequency
               and to enable conformance with the specifications of § 74.1261 of this part.

           (3) The apparatus shall contain automatic circuits to maintain the power output in conformance with §
               74.1235(e) of this part. If provision is included for adjusting the power output, then the normal
               operating constants shall be specified for operation at both the rated power output and the minimum
               power output at which the apparatus is designed to operate. The apparatus shall be equipped with
               suitable meters or meter jacks so that the operating constants can be measured while the apparatus
               is in operation.

           (4) Apparatus rated for transmitter power output of more than 1 watt shall be equipped with automatic
               circuits to place it in a nonradiating condition when no input signal is being received in conformance
               with § 74.1263(b) of this part and to transmit the call sign in conformance with § 74.1283(c)(2) of
               this part.

           (5) For exciters, automatic means shall be provided for limiting the level of the audio frequency voltage
               applied to the modulator to ensure that a frequency swing in excess of 75 kHz will not occur under
               any condition of the modulation.

[55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 36606, July 7, 1998; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017]

§ 74.1251 Technical and equipment modifications.
     (a) No change, either mechanical or electrical, except as provided in part 2 of this chapter, may be made in
         FM translator or booster apparatus which has been certificated by the Commission without prior authority
         of the Commission.

     (b) Formal application on FCC Form 349 is required of all permittees and licensees for any of the following
         changes:

           (1) Replacement of the transmitter as a whole, except replacement with a transmitter of identical power
               rating which has been certificated by the FCC for use by FM translator or FM booster stations, or any
               change which could result in the electrical characteristics or performance of the station. Upon the
               installation or modification of the transmitting equipment for which prior FCC authority is not
               required under the provisions of this paragraph, the licensee shall place in the station records a
               certification that the new installation complies in all respects with the technical requirements of this
               part and the terms of the station authorization.

           (2) A change in the transmitting antenna system, including the direction of radiation or directive antenna
               pattern.

           (3) Any change in the overall height of the antenna structure except where notice to the Federal Aviation
               Administration is specifically not required under § 17.14(b) of this chapter.

           (4) Any change in the location of the translator or booster except a move within the same building or
               upon the same pole or tower.

           (5) Any horizontal change in the location of the antenna structure which would

47 CFR 74.1251(b)(5) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 150 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 74.1251(b)(5)(i)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                 (i)   be in excess of 152.4 meters (500 feet), or

                (ii) would require notice to the Federal Aviation Administration pursuant to § 17.7 of the FCC's
                     rules.

           (6) Any change in the output frequency of a translator.

           (7) Any increase of authorized effective radiated power. FM translator and booster stations may
               decrease ERP on a modification of license application provided that exhibits are included to
               demonstrate that the following requirements are met:

                 (i)   The license application may not propose to eliminate the authorized horizontally polarized ERP,
                       if a horizontally polarized ERP is currently authorized;

                (ii) The installed height of the antenna radiation center is not increased by more than two meters
                     nor decreased by more than four meters from the authorized height for the antenna radiation
                     center; and

                (iii) The station is not presently authorized with separate horizontal and vertical antennas mounted
                      at different heights. Use of separate horizontal and vertical antennas requires a construction
                      permit before implementation or changes.

           (8) Any change in area being served.

     (c) Changes in the primary FM station being retransmitted must be submitted to the FCC in writing.

     (d) Any application proposing a change in the height of the antenna structure or its location must also include
         the Antenna Structure Registration Number (FCC Form 854R) of the antenna structure upon which it
         proposes to locate its antenna. In the event the antenna structure does not have a Registration Number,
         either the antenna structure owner shall file FCC Form 854 (“Application for Antenna Structure
         Registration”) in accordance with part 17 of this chapter or the applicant shall provide a detailed
         explanation why registration and clearance are not required.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR 26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; 50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50
FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36606, July 7,
1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000]

§ 74.1261 Frequency tolerance.
     (a) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station with an authorized transmitter power output of 10
         watts or less shall maintain the center frequency at the output of the translator within 0.01 percent of its
         assigned frequency.

     (b) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station with an authorized transmitter power output greater
         than 10 watts shall maintain the center frequency at the output of the translator or booster station in
         compliance with the requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of this chapter.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990]

47 CFR 74.1261(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 151 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 74.1262
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measurements.
     (a) The licensee of a station authorized under this subpart is not required to provide means for measuring the
         operating frequency of the transmitter. However, only equipment having the required stability will be
         approved for use by an FM translator or booster.

     (b) In the event that a station authorized under this subpart is found to be operating beyond the frequency
         tolerance prescribed in § 74.1261, the licensee shall promptly suspend operation of the station and shall
         not resume operation until the station has been restored to its assigned frequency. Adjustment of the
         frequency determining circuits of an FM translator or booster shall be made by a qualified person in
         accordance with § 74.1250(g).

§ 74.1263 Time of operation.
     (a) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station is not required to adhere to any regular schedule of
         operation. However, the licensee of an FM translator or booster station is expected to provide a
         dependable service to the extent that such is within its control and to avoid unwarranted interruptions to
         the service provided.

     (b) An FM booster or FM Translator station rebroadcasting the signal of an AM, FM or LPFM primary station
         shall not be permitted to radiate during extended periods when signals of the primary station are not
         being retransmitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FM translators rebroadcasting Class D AM stations
         may continue to operate during nighttime hours only if the AM station has operated within the last 24
         hours.

     (c) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station must notify the Commission of its intent to
         discontinue operations for 30 or more consecutive days. Notification must be made within 10 days of the
         time the station first discontinues operation and Commission approval must be obtained for such
         discontinued operation to continue beyond 30 days. The notification shall specify the causes of the
         discontinued operation and a projected date for the station's return to operation, substantiated by
         supporting documentation. If the projected date for the station's return to operation cannot be met,
         another notification and further request for discontinued operations must be submitted in conformance
         with the requirements of this section. Within 48 hours of the station's return to operation, the licensee
         must notify the Commission of such fact. All notification must be in writing.

     (d) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station must notify the Commission of its intent to
         permanently discontinue operations at least two days before operation is discontinued. Immediately after
         discontinuance of operation, the licensee shall forward the station license and other instruments of
         authorization to the FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation.

     (e) Failure of an FM translator or booster station to operate for a period of 30 or more consecutive days,
         except for causes beyond the control of the licensee or authorized pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
         section, shall be deemed evidence of discontinuation of operation and the license of the station may be
         cancelled at the discretion of the Commission. Furthermore, the station's license will expire as a matter of
         law, without regard to any causes beyond control of the licensee or to any authorization pursuant to
         paragraph (c) of this section, if the station fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive
         12-month period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition of the license to the contrary.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020;
86 FR 37061, July 14, 2021]

47 CFR 74.1263(e) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 152 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 74.1269
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

§ 74.1269 Familiarity with FCC rules.
Each licensee or permittee of a station authorized under this subpart shall be familiar with those rules relating to
stations authorized under this subpart. Copies of the Commission's Rules may be obtained from the Superintendent
of Documents, Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20401, or accessed online at https://www.ecfr.gov or
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.

[83 FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018]

§ 74.1281 Station records.
     (a) The licensee of a station authorized under this Subpart shall maintain adequate station records, including
         the current instrument of authorization, official correspondence with the FCC, maintenance records,
         contracts, permission for rebroadcasts, and other pertinent documents.

     (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this chapter concerning any observed or otherwise known extinguishment
         or improper functioning of a tower light:

           (1) The nature of such extinguishment or improper functioning.

           (2) The date and time the extinguishment of improper operation was observed or otherwise noted.

           (3) The date, time and nature of adjustments, repairs or replacements made.

     (c) The station records shall be maintained for inspection at a residence, office, or public building, place of
         business, or other suitable place, in one of the communities of license of the translator or booster, except
         that the station records of a booster or translator licensed to the licensee of the primary station may be
         kept at the same place where the primary station records are kept. The station records shall be made
         available upon request to any authorized representative of the Commission.

     (d) Station logs and records shall be retained for a period of two years.

[48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 74.1283 Station identification.
     (a) The call sign of an FM broadcast translator station will consist of the initial letter K or W followed by the
         channel number assigned to the translator and two letters. The use of the initial letter will generally
         conform to the pattern used in the broadcast service. The two letter combinations following the channel
         number will be assigned in order and requests for the assignment of particular combinations of letters
         will not be considered.

     (b) The call sign of an FM booster station or LPFM booster will consist of the call sign of the primary station
         followed by the letters “FM” or “LP” and the number of the booster station being authorized, e.g.,
         WFCCFM–1 or WFCCLP–1.

     (c) A translator station authorized under this subpart shall be identified by one of the following methods.

           (1) By arranging for the primary station whose station is being rebroadcast to identify the translator
               station by call sign and location. Three such identifications shall be made during each day: once
               between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m. and once between 4 p.m. and 6
               p.m. Stations which do not begin their broadcast before 9 a.m. shall make their first identification at
               the beginning of their broadcast days. The licensee of an FM translator whose station identification

47 CFR 74.1283(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 153 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 74.1283(c)(2)
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

                is made by the primary station must arrange for the primary station licensee to keep in its file, and to
                make available to FCC personnel, the translator's call letters and location, giving the name, address
                and telephone number of the licensee or his service representative to be contacted in the event of
                malfunction of the translator. It shall be the responsibility of the translator licensee to furnish current
                information to the primary station licensee for this purpose.

           (2) By transmitting the call sign in International Morse Code at least once each hour. Transmitters of FM
               broadcast translator stations of more than 1 watt transmitter output power must be equipped with
               an automatic keying device that will transmit the call sign at least once each hour, unless there is in
               effect a firm agreement with the translator's primary station as provided in § 74.1283(c)(1) of this
               section. Transmission of the call sign can be accomplished by:

                 (i)   Frequency shifting key; the carrier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz nor greater than 25 kHz.

                 (ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM carrier of at least 30 percent modulation. The audio frequency
                      tone use shall not be within 200 hertz of the Emergency Broadcast System Attention signal
                      alerting frequencies.

     (d) FM broadcast booster stations shall be identified by their primary stations, by the broadcasting of the
         primary station's call signs and location, in accordance with the provisions of § 73.1201 of this chapter.

     (e) The Commission may, in its discretion, specify other methods of identification.

[55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020]

§ 74.1284 Rebroadcasts.
     (a) The term rebroadcast means the reception by radio of the programs or other signals of a radio station and
         the simultaneous retransmission of such programs or signals for direct reception by the general public.

     (b) The licensee of an FM translator shall not rebroadcast the programs of any AM or FM broadcast station or
         other FM translator without obtaining prior consent of the primary station whose programs are proposed
         to be retransmitted. The Commission shall be notified of the call letters of each station rebroadcast and
         the licensee of the FM translator shall certify that written consent has been received from the licensee of
         the station whose programs are retransmitted.

     (c) An FM translator is not authorized to rebroadcast the transmissions of any class of station other than an
         AM or FM broadcast station or another FM translator.

[35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009]

§ 74.1290 [Reserved]
Alphabetical Index—Part 74

                                                A
 Additional orders by FCC (All Services)                                                       74.28
 Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays)                                                       74.536
 Antenna location—
    LPTV/TV Translator                                                                         74.737

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 154 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1237
 Antenna structure, marking and lighting (All Services)                 74.30
 Antenna structure, Use of common (All Services)                        74.22
 Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries)                                       74.641
 Antennas (ITFS)                                                        74.937
 Application Processing—ITFS                                            74.911
 Application requirements of Part 73 applicable to ITFS                 74.910
 Applications, Notification of filing (All Services)                    74.12
 Assignment, Frequency—
    Experimental Broadcast Station                                      74.103
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.402
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.502
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.602
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.702
    ITFS                                                                74.902
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1202
 Authorization of equipment—
    Aural Auxiliary                                                     74.550
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.451
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.655
    Lw Power Auxiliaries                                                74.851
    ITFS                                                                74.952
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1250
 Authorization, Temporary—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.537
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.433
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.633
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.833
 Authorized emission—
    Experimental Broadcast Station                                      74.133
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.462
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.535
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.637
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.736
    ITFS                                                                74.936
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1236
 Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pickup)                       74.402
 Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup)                               74.436
 Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries)                             74.604
                                                BP='02'>
 Bandwidth and emissions authorized—

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 155 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    Remote Pickup                                                                     74.462
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                                74.535
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                               74.736
    IFTS                                                                              74.936
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                           74.1236
 Boosters, Signal UHF translator                                                      74.733
 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV translators, and TV boosters            74.780
 Broadcasting emergency information (All services)                                    74.21
                                               C
 Changes of Equipment—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                                   74.151
    Remote Pickup                                                                     74.452
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                                74.551
    TV Auxiliaries                                                                    74.651
    ITFS                                                                              74.951
 Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator)                                             74.702
 Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries)                                                     74.603
 Charges, Program Service, (Experimental Broadcast Stations)                          74.182
 Classes of stations—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                                74.501
    TV Auxiliaries                                                                    74.601
 Construction permit, Statement of understanding, (Experimental Broadcast Stations)   74.112
 Copies of the rules—
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                               74.769
    ITFS                                                                              74.969
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                           74.1269
 Cross Reference (All Services)                                                       74.5
                                               D
 Definitions—
    General                                                                           74.2
    Remote Pickup                                                                     74.401
    LPTV/TV translators                                                               74.701
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                                             74.801
    ITFS                                                                              74.901
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                           74.1201
 Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays)                                      74.536
                                               E
 Emergency information Broadcasting (All Services)                                    74.21
 Emission authorized—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                                   74.133
    Remote Pickup                                                                     74.462

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                               page 156 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.535
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.637
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.736
    ITFS                                                                74.936
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1236
 Equipment and installation—
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1250
 Equipment authorization—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.550
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.451
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.655
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.851
    ITFS                                                                74.952
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1250
 Equipment Changes—
    Experimental Broadcast Station                                      74.151
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.452
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.551
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.651
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.751
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.852
    ITFS                                                                74.951
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1251
 Equipment, Notification of—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.550
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.655
 Equipment Performance—
    FM Tanslators/Boosters                                              74.1250
 Equipment tests (All Services)                                         74.13
 Experimental Broadcast station                                         74.101
 Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of                                74.102
 Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All Services)                74.16
                                                   F
 Filing of applications, Notification of (All Services)                 74.12
 Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcast pickup)                      74.402
 Frequency assignment—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.103
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.402
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.502
    TV Auxiliary                                                        74.602
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.702

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 157 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.802
    ITFS                                                                74.902
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1202
 Frequency monitors and measurements—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.162
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.465
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.562
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.662
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.762
    ITFS                                                                74.962
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1262
 Frequency tolerance—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.161
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.464
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.561
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.661
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.761
    ITFS                                                                74.961
    FM Translator/Boosters                                              74.1261
                                                 I
 Identification of station—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.183
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.482
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.582
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.682
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.783
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.882
    ITFS                                                                74.982
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1283
 Information on the Internet, FM translator and booster stations        74.1290
 Inspection of station by FCC (All Services)                            74.3
 Interference—
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.703
    ITFS                                                                74.903
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1203
 Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries)                                74.604
 Interference—safety of life and property (All Services)                74.23
 ITFS—
    Application processing                                              74.911
    Application requirements from part 73                               74.910
    Interference                                                        74.903

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 158 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    Petition to deny                                                    74.912
    Purpose and permissible service                                     74.931
    Response station hubs                                               74.939
    Response stations (individually licensed)                           74.940
    Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed)                     74.949
    Signal booster stations                                             74.985
    Transmission standards                                              74.938
    Wireless cable use                                                  74.990
                                                L
 Land mobile station protection (from LPTV)                             74.709
 License period, Station (All Services)                                 74.15
 Licenses, Posting of—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.165
    Remote pickup broadcast stations                                    74.432
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.564
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.664
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.765
    Low power auxiliary stations                                        74.832
    ITFS                                                                74.965
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1265
 Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All Services)                  74.16
 Licensing requirements—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.131
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.432
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.532
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.632
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.732
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.832
    ITFS                                                                74.932
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1232
 Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (All Services)              74.30
 Limitations on power—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.132
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.461
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.534
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.636
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.735
    ITFS                                                                74.935
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1235
 LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to                                    74.780
                                                M

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 159 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

 Marking and lighting of antenna structures (All Services)              74.30
 Modification of transmission systems—
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.751
    ITFS                                                                74.951
    FM Translators and Boosters                                         74.1251
 Modulation limits—
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.663
    ITFS                                                                74.970
 Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS)                            74.971
 Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup)                                74.463
 Monitors and measurements, Frequency—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.162
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.465
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.562
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.662
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.762
    ITFS                                                                74.962
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1262
 Multiple ownership—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.134
    LPTV/TV Translator                                                  74.732
                                                   N
 Notification of filing of applications (All Services)                  74.12
                                                   O
 Operation, Remote control—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.533
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.634
 Operation, Short term (All Services)                                   74.24
 Operation, Time of—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.163
    LPTV/TV Translator                                                  74.763
    ITFS                                                                74.963
    FM Translator/Boosters                                              74.1263
 Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.533
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.635
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.734
    ITFS                                                                74.934
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1234
 Operator requirements, General (All Services)                          74.18
 Orders, Additional (All Services)                                      73.28

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 160 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

 Ownership, Multiple—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.134
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.732
                                               P
 Permissible service—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.531
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.631
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.731
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.831
    ITFS                                                                74.931
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1231
 Petitions to deny: ITFS                                                74.912
 Posting of licenses—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.165
    Remote pickup broadcast stations                                    74.432
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.564
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.664
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.765
    Low power auxiliary stations                                        74.832
    ITFS                                                                74.965
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1265
 Power limitations—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.132
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.534
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.636
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.735
    ITFS                                                                74.935
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1235
 Program or service tests (All Services)                                74.14
 Program service, Charges (Experimental Broadcast Stations)             74.182
 Protection by LPTV—
    To broadcast stations                                               74.705
    To other LPTV and TV Translator stations                            74.707
    To Land Mobile stations                                             74.709
 Purpose of service—
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.731
    ITFS                                                                74.931
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1231
                                               R
 Rebroadcasts—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.184

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 161 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                              47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    LPTV/TV Translators                                                             74.784
    ITFS                                                                            74.984
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                         74.1284
 Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Stations)                                 74.181
 Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV and TV translators                      74.780
 Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup)                                         74.436
 Remote pickup broadcast frequencies                                                74.402
 Remote control operation—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                              74.533
    TV Auxiliaries                                                                  74.634
 Remote pickup stations, Rules special to                                           74.431
 Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental Broadcast Stations)                    74.113
 Response station hubs (ITFS)                                                       74.939
 Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed)                                    74.940
 Rules, Copies of—
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                             74.769
    ITFS                                                                            74.969
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                         74.1269
 Rules special to Remote Pickup stations                                            74.431
                                                   S
 Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy (All services)                   74.23
 Scope (of Subpart—General)                                                         74.1
 Service or program tests (All Services)                                            74.14
 Service, Permissible—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                              74.531
    TV Auxiliaries                                                                  74.631
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                             74.731
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                                           74.831
    ITFS                                                                            74.931
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                         74.1231
 Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries)                                          74.831
 Short term operation (All services)                                                74.24
 Signal boosters—
    UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators)                                            74.733
    ITFS                                                                            74.985
 Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries)                                                    74.603
 Statement of understanding (Construction permit-Experimental Broadcast Stations)   74.112
 Station identification—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                                 74.183
    Remote Pickup                                                                   74.482
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                              74.582

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                             page 162 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.682
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.783
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.882
    ITFS                                                                74.982
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1283
 Station inspection by FCC (All Services)                               74.3
 Station license period (All Services)                                  74.15
 Station records (Experimental Broadcast Stations)                      74.181
                                                T
 Technical requirements (Low Power Auxiliaries)                         74.861
 Temporary authorizations—
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.433
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.537
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.633
    Low Power Auxiliaries                                               74.833
 Temporary extension of stations licenses (All Services)                74.16
 Tests, Equipment (All Services)                                        74.13
 Tests, Service or program (All Services)                               74.14
 Time of operation—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.163
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.763
    ITFS                                                                74.963
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1263
 Tolerance, Frequency—
    Experimental Broadcast Stations                                     74.161
    Remote Pickup                                                       74.464
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                  74.561
    TV Auxiliaries                                                      74.661
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                 74.761
    ITFS                                                                74.961
    FM Translator/Boosters                                              74.1261
 Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TV Translators)                  74.733
 Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Translators)                      74.731
 Transmission standards (ITFS)                                          74.938
 Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Translators)                   74.750
 Transmission systems, modification of—
    LPTV/TV Translator                                                  74.751
    ITFS                                                                74.951
    FM Translators/Boosters                                             74.1251
 Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxiliaries)                     74.831
 Transmitter power (Remote Pickup)                                      74.461

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                 page 163 of 164
47 CFR Part 74 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 74.1290
Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program...

 Transmitters and associated equipment (FM Translators/Boosters)                                  74.1250
 TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to (LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters                      74.780
 TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TV Translators)                                       74.705
 TV, Low Power and translators, protection to (LPTV/TV Translators)                               74.707
 TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to (LPTV/TV Translators)                              74.780
                                                U
 UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Translators)                                             74.733
 Unattended operation—
    Aural broadcast auxiliary stations                                                            74.531
    TV Auxiliaries                                                                                74.635
    LPTV/TV Translators                                                                           74.734
    ITFS                                                                                          74.934
    FM Translators/Boosters                                                                       74.1234
 Use of common antenna structure (All services)                                                   74.22
                                          V [Reserved]
                                               W
 Wireless cable usage of ITFS                                                                     74.990
                                         X-Z [Reserved]

[50 FR 38535, Sept. 23, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, 1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987;
63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 65127, Nov. 25, 1998; 64 FR 63744, Nov. 22, 1999]

47 CFR 74.1290 (enhanced display)                                                                               page 164 of 164